2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M...Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12 Black plate (3,1) Introduction iii The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-40Universal Remote System . . . . 5-45

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-23Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-31Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-46Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-72


2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4

Special ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-18Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1


Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath,and SRX are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on your specificvehicle either because they areoptions that you did not purchase ordue to changes subsequent to theprinting of this owner manual.Please refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm each ofthe features found on your vehicle.For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 22755026 B Second Printing ©2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


iv Introduction

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warnings, andCautionsWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will result inserious injury or death.

Warning or Caution indicates ahazard that could result in injury ordeath.

{ WARNING

These mean there is somethingthat could hurt you or otherpeople.

Notice: This means there issomething that could result inproperty or vehicle damage. Thiswould not be covered by thevehicle's warranty.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see your owner manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

* : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see a service manualfor additional instructions orinformation.


Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar®

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

g : Outside Power FoldawayMirrors

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


vi Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Heated and VentilatedSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Head RestraintAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Vehicle FeaturesSteering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-17Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-19Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Storage Compartments . . . . . . 1-19Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Universal Remote System . . . 1-20

Performance and MaintenanceTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-21Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-21Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-22Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-23Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23


1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8‑8.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever.See Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals on page 6‑5.

3. Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑10.

5. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑3.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑5.

7. AM-FM Radio. See the CUEinfotainment manual.

Navigation System (If Equipped).See the CUE infotainmentmanual.

8. Light Sensor. See TwilightSentinel on page 6‑4.

9. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

10. Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6‑1.

Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6(If Equipped).

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑6.

11. Hood Release. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

12. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

13. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5‑2.

14. Horn on page 5‑3.

15. Pedal Adjust Control (Out ofView). See Adjustable Throttleand Brake Pedal on page 9‑15(If Equipped).

16. Start/Stop Button. See IgnitionPositions on page 9‑16.

17. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑5.

18. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑9(If Equipped).

19. CD Player. See the CUEinfotainment manual.

Blu Ray Optical Drive (IfEquipped). See the CUEinfotainment manual.

20. Parking Brake on page 9‑28.

21. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission on page 9‑23.


1-4 In Brief

22. Lane Departure WarningButton (If Equipped). See LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) onpage 9‑57.

Parking Assist (If Equipped).See Driver Assistance Systemson page 9‑46.

Economy Mode (If Equipped).See Fuel Economy Mode onpage 9‑26.

23. Front Storage on page 4‑2.

24. StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑33.

Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑31.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may be used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(195 ft) away from the vehicle.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

See “Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

L : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.


In Brief 1-5

Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

PressL again or start the vehicleto cancel the panic alarm.

8 : Press and hold to open orclose the liftgate.

Press the key release button nearthe bottom of the transmitter toremove the key. The key can beused for the driver door and theglove box.

See Keys on page 2‑2 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.

Remote Vehicle StartIf available, this feature allows theengine to be started from outside ofthe vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least two seconds until theturn signal lamps flash.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will remain on as long as theengine is running. The doors will belocked and the climate controlsystem may come on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a10-minute time extension. Remotestart can be extended only once.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑9.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill lock/unlock the doors. If thelock/unlock button is pressed againwithin five seconds, all passengerdoors will unlock. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.


1-6 In Brief

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

To lock or unlock the doors fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3.

Key

To lock or unlock the door, use thekey in the driver door. Turn the keycounterclockwise once to unlock thedriver door; turning the key againwill unlock the passenger doors.

Inside the Vehicle

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.

Power Door Locks

There is a power door lock switchon the front door panels.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Power Door Locks onpage 2‑11.

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

For vehicles without keyless access,unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

Press the touch pad in the handle ofthe liftgate, above the license plate,and lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

On vehicles with a power liftgate,the switch is on the driver door. Thevehicle must be in P (Park) to usethe power feature. The taillampsflash when the power liftgatemoves.


In Brief 1-7

Choose a power liftgate mode byturning the dial on the switch untilthe indicator lines up with thedesired position. Press the center ofthe switch.

The three modes are:

MAX: The liftgate opens to the fullopen height.

3/4: The liftgate opens to a reducedheight that can be set by the vehicleoperator in a range of approximatelythree-quarters open to full open.

OFF: The liftgate only operatesmanually in this position.

See Liftgate on page 2‑13.

Windows

Press or pull the switch part of theway to open or close the window.

Fully press the front of theswitch down and release it toexpress-down the window. Fully pullthe switch up and release it toexpress-up the window.

Pressv { to activate the windowlockout on the rear doors.

See Power Windows on page 2‑22.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will openall the windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

See Power Windows on page 2‑22.


1-8 In Brief

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

To raise or recline the seatback, usethe lever on the outboard side ofthe seat.

See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4and Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑6.

Power Seats

1. Seat Position Control

2. Seatback Adjustment Control

3. Lumbar Adjustment Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding thecontrol (1) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control (1) upor down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control (1)up or down.

See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3‑4.

. Raise or recline the seatback bytilting control (2) forward orrearward.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑6.

. Increase or decrease the lumbarsupport by pressing and holdingthe front or rear of control (3).See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3‑5.


In Brief 1-9

Memory Features

If equipped, the “1,” “2,” and MEMbuttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallysave and recall the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable throttle and brake pedalpositions.

See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 andVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑9.

The heated and ventilated frontseats can also be programmed tocome on during a remote start.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.


1-10 In Brief

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and thehead restraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints on page 3‑2and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:. Safety Belts on page 3‑13.. How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly on page 3‑14.. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑15.. Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑41.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing systemwill turn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.


In Brief 1-11

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theoverhead console when the vehicleis started. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑27.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,Power Folding Similar

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror to thedesired position.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑20.

Automatic Dimming Mirror

If the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror and the inside rearview mirrorautomatically adjust for the glare ofheadlamps behind you. SeeAutomatic Dimming Mirror onpage 2‑21 or Automatic DimmingRearview Mirror on page 2‑21.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


1-12 In Brief

Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustmentIf the vehicle has this feature, theposition of the throttle and brakepedals can be adjusted.

The switch used to adjust thepedals is located on the right side ofthe steering column, below thewiper stalk. Pull the switch towardyou to move the pedals further fromthe floor, or push the switch awayfrom you to move the pedals closerto the floor.

See Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal on page 9‑15.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* : Turns the lamp off, even whena door is open.

1 : The lamp comes on when adoor is opened.

+ : Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:. For the overhead console

reading lamps, press them orn next to each lamp.

. For the rear passenger readinglamps, press the lamp lens.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6‑6.


In Brief 1-13

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again.

AUTO: Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps, andinstrument panel lights.

; : Turns the parking lamps ontogether with the taillamps, licenseplate lamps, and instrument panellights.

3 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps, andinstrument panel lights.

# : For vehicles with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:. Exterior Lamp Controls on

page 6‑1. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

on page 6‑2

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.


1-14 In Brief

INT: Use for intermittentwipes. To adjust wipe frequency,turn thex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes. If the vehicle hasRainsense™, see the followingRainsense information.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rainsense™

For vehicles with Rainsense:

INT: Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn thex INT bandon the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.. Turn the band up for more

sensitivity to moisture.. Turn the band down for less

sensitivity to moisture.. Move the windshield wiper lever

out of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON: Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF: The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT: Press the lower portion of thebutton to set a delay betweenwipes.

a : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 5‑5.


In Brief 1-15

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats(If Equipped)

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Displays

3. Fan Control

4. SYNC TEMP (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Air Delivery Mode Control


1-16 In Brief

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1 and RearClimate Control System on page 8‑6(If Equipped).

Transmission

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Driver Shift Control (DSC) allowsyou to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) to Sport Mode.

2. To enter M (Manual Mode), pressthe shift lever forward (+) toupshift or rearward (−) todownshift.

See Manual Mode on page 9‑24.

Vehicle Features

Steering Wheel Controls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

g : For vehicles with OnStar® or aBluetooth® system, press to talk orinteract with those systems. SeeOnStar Overview on page 14‑1or “Bluetooth” in the separateinfotainment manual.

c : Press to decline an incomingcall, or end a current call. Press tomute or unmute the infotainmentsystem when not on a call.

S or T : Press to go to theprevious or next menu option.


In Brief 1-17

y orz : Press the five-waycontrol up or down to go to the nextor previous selection.

SEL: Press to select a highlightedmenu option.

C orB : Press to go to the next orprevious favorite when listening tothe radio. Press to go to the next orprevious track when listening to amedia source.

x + or x −: Press to increase ordecrease the volume.

See Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. An indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when turned on.

+RES: Move the control up brieflyto resume to a previously set speedor to increase vehicle speed if thecruise control is already activated.

SET−: Move the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control or to decrease vehiclespeed if the cruise control is alreadyactivated.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑35 orAdaptive Cruise Control onpage 9‑37 (if equipped).

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings and downloadableapplications (if equipped).


1-18 In Brief

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL: Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑27.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemFCA is intended to help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator when a vehicle isdetected directly ahead. It providesa flashing visual alert and pulsesthe driver seat, or beeps, whenapproaching a vehicle directlyahead too quickly. FCA alsoprovides a visual alert if followinganother vehicle much too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑50.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW is intended to help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW indicator, @, appears green ifa lane marking is detected. If thevehicle departs the lane, theindicator will change to amber andflash. In addition, the driver seat willpulse or beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9‑57.


In Brief 1-19

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will alert thedriver to vehicles in the vehicle'sside blind zone. When the systemdetects a vehicle in the side blindzone, the SBZA display will light upin the corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)on page 9‑55.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle, on thecenter stack display, when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing on page 9‑46.

Ultrasonic Parking AssistURPA uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPAmay display a warning triangle onthe Rear Vision Camera screen anda graphic on the instrument clusterto provide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or pulsesmay occur if very close to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system, a higherspeed Backing Warning System,and the Rear Automatic Brakingsystem.

See Driver Assistance Systems onpage 9‑46.

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has theActive Emergency Braking System,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA) and the AutomaticCollision Preparation (ACP) System.These systems can provide a boostto braking or automatically brake thevehicle to help avoid crashes.

See Active Emergency BrakingSystem on page 9‑53.

Storage CompartmentsThe glove box is air conditioned andcan be used to store items at alower temperature. Move the slidecontrol to open or close the openingto adjust the air flow. See Glove Boxon page 4‑1.


1-20 In Brief

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle may have up to fiveaccessory power outlets.

The accessory power outlets are:. Below the climate control system

inside the front storage bin.. Inside the center floor console.. On the rear of the center floor

console. For vehicles with a rearclimate control system, there willbe two accessory power outletson the rear of the center floorconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

Universal Remote System

If available, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System onpage 5‑45.


In Brief 1-21

Performance andMaintenance

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The traction control system limitswheel spin. The system is on whenthe vehicle is started.. To turn off traction control, press

and release g on the center

stack. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster. The TractionControl Off message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

. Press and release g again to

turn traction control back on. igoes out in the instrumentcluster. The Traction ControlOn message is displayed in theDIC. See Ride Control SystemMessages on page 5‑37.

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑31.

StabiliTrak® SystemThe StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.. To turn off both Traction Control

and StabiliTrak, press andhold g on the center stack,

until g and i illuminate in theinstrument cluster. The TractionControl Off message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

. Press g again to turn on both

systems. g and i go out in theinstrument cluster. The TractionControl On message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑33.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warninglight alerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.The warning light will remain on untilthe tire pressure is corrected.


1-22 In Brief

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10‑53.

Tire Sealant andCompressor KitThis vehicle may come with a sparetire and tire changing equipment ora tire sealant and compressor kit.The kit can be used to temporarilyseal small punctures in the treadarea of the tire. See Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit on page 10‑67.

If the vehicle came with a spare tireand tire changing equipment, see Ifa Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑65.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC controls onthe right side of the steeringwheel, display REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27. When remainingoil life is low, the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. SeeEngine Oil Messages onpage 5‑33.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controlsand hold SEL down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10.


In Brief 1-23

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap canuse either unleaded gasoline orethanol fuel containing up to85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85(85% Ethanol) on page 9‑61. Forall other vehicles, use only theunleaded gasoline described underRecommended Fuel on page 9‑59.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.. Avoid fast starts and accelerate

smoothly.. Brake gradually and avoid

abrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Mexico: 01-800-466-0805

New vehicles are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside Serviceprogram.

See Roadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑7 or Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.

OnStar®

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices. See OnStar Overview onpage 14‑1.


1-24 In Brief

2 NOTES


Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-12Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-17Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-18

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-21Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-21Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25


2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.

This key, located inside the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,is used for the driver door andglove box.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.



Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService (Mexico) on page 13‑7 orRoadside Service (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑11.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview on page 14‑1.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance. The

transmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter functions may work up to60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.

With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown, Without Similar

Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.The turn signal indicators mayflash and/or the horn may soundto indicate locking, see “RemoteLock, Unlock, Start” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if Unlocked Door AntiLock Out is enabled through thevehicle personalization. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.



Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System on page 2‑17.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedriver door or all doors. See“Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night thefog lamps and reverse lamps willcome on for about 20 seconds tolight your approach to the vehicle.The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound toindicate unlocking. See “RemoteLock, Unlock, Start” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Memory seat positions may berecalled when unlocking the vehicle.See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System on page 2‑17.

On some models, pressing andholding K will open all of thewindows.

/ (Remote Start): For vehicleswith this feature, press andrelease Q and then press and

hold/ for at least two seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑9 for additional information.

L (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm): Press and release onetime to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times. Press and holdL for three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or untilL is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

8 (Remote Liftgate Release):Press and hold to open or close thepower liftgate.

Keyless Access Operation

With the keyless access system,you can lock and unlock the doorsand access the hatch withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the door or hatchbeing opened.

The keyless access can beprogrammed to unlock all doorson the first lock/unlock press fromthe driver door. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.



Passenger Shown, Driver Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:. It has been more than

five seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:. The lock/unlock button was used

to unlock all doors.. Any vehicle door has opened

and all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If the vehicle has the keylessaccess system, this feature allowsyou to select whether the doorsautomatically lock during normalvehicle exit. When the vehicle isturned off and all doors are closed,the vehicle will determine how manyRKE transmitters remain in thevehicle interior. If at least one RKE

transmitter has been removed fromthe interior of the vehicle, the doorswill lock after eight seconds.

Temporarily disable the lockingfeature by pressing and holding thepower door switch for severalseconds with a door open. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil the door switch is pressed,or until the vehicle is turned on.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalizationon page 5‑40.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if thekeyless entry transmitter is within1 m (3 ft).



Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only keyless entry transmittersprogrammed to the vehicle will work.If a transmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter (Keyless AccessVehicles Only)

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY TOLEARN ELECTRONIC KEY #2,3, 4, ETC.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage area

located between the driver andfront passenger seats. Thestorage area will need to beopened and the storage traylifted up to access thetransmitter pocket.

4. Press the START button. Whenthe transmitter is learned theDIC display will show that it isready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press thetransmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3through 5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the START buttonfor 10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.



Programming without aRecognized Transmitter (KeylessAccess Vehicles Only)

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters you wishto program must be with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for ten minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the STARTbutton.

The DIC displays will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps.

The DIC display shouldnow show READY FORREMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage arealocated between the driver andfront passenger seats. Thestorage area will need to beopened and the storage traylifted up to access thetransmitter pocket.

5. Press the START button. Whenthe transmitter is learned theDIC display will show that it isready to program the nexttransmitter.



6. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press thetransmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4through 6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the START button for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED when you try to startthe vehicle. The REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage may also be displayed atthis time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storagearea and the storage tray.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the START button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Notice: When replacing thebattery, do not touch any of thecircuitry on the transmitter. Staticfrom your body could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near the bottomof the transmitter and pull thekey out.

2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the two halvesof the transmitter.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.



4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release button andsnap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote Vehicle StartIf available, this feature allows theengine to be started from outside ofthe vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear fog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If the vehicle has heated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑9

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System on page 2‑3 for additionalinformation.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least two seconds until theturn signal lamps flash. The turnsignal lamps flashing confirmsthe request to remote start thevehicle has been received.

During the remote start thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal and selectthe ON/RUN/START ignitionmode to drive the vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

For a 10-minute extension, repeatSteps 1 and 2 while the engine isstill running. The remote start canonly be extended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period willstart immediately.



For example, if the vehicle hasbeen running for five minutes, and10 minutes are added, the enginewill run for a total of 15 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Shutting the Engine Off After aRemote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press/ until the parking lampsturn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:. The ignition is in any mode other

than OFF.. The transmitter is in the vehicle.. The hood is not closed.. The hazard warning flashers

are on.. There is an emission control

system malfunction.. The engine coolant temperature

is too high.. The oil pressure is low.. Two remote vehicle starts have

already been used.. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ WARNING

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stopping thevehicle. Lock the doors tohelp prevent this fromhappening.

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, pressing the

lock/unlock button on that doorhandle will lock/unlock the doors.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Key

To lock or unlock the door, use thekey in the driver door. Turn the keycounterclockwise once to unlock thedriver door; turning the key againwill unlock the passenger doors.

Inside the Vehicle

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.

Power Door Locks

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.

Lockout Deterrent

Lockout deterrent decreases thechances that the keys may beaccidentally locked in the vehicle.



When door locking is requested bypressing Q on the front door panelsor the RKE transmitter and thedriver door is open, all doors willlock and the driver door willimmediately unlock. The driver doormust be closed when Q is pressedfor all doors to remain locked.

This feature can be programmed toprovide the lockout deterrent featureonly when the ignition mode is ACC/ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/START.See “Power Door Locks” in VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Delayed Locking

When this feature is enabled andthe doors are locked with the powerlock switch on the front door panels,three chimes sound to signal thatthe delayed locking feature is inuse. All doors lock five secondsafter the last door is closed.

When the delayed locking feature isin use, pressing Q on the front doorpanels or the RKE transmitter willoverride the feature and lock alldoors immediately.

This feature can be programmed byusing the Driver Information Center(DIC). See “Delayed Door Lock” inVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. The delayed lockingfeature is only available if “UnlockedDoor Anti-Lockout” is disabled.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park). The doorswill automatically unlock when thevehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is moved into P (Park).

Use the manual or power door locksto unlock the doors if someoneneeds to exit, and to lock the doorsagain.

The power door locks can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Presso { to activate the safetylocks. The indicator light comes onwhen activated.



The rear door power windows arealso disabled. See Power Windowson page 2‑22.

Presso { again to deactivate thesafety locks and power windows.

If a rear door handle is pulled whenthe safety lock is deactivated, thatdoor will remain locked and theindicator light may flash. Releasethe handle, then press the safetylock twice to deactivate the safetylocks.

Doors

Liftgate

{ WARNING

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air andset the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in theIndex.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust onpage 9‑22.

Notice: If you open the liftgatewithout checking for overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor, you could damage theliftgate or the liftgate glass.Always check to make sure thearea above and behind the liftgateis clear before opening it.



Manual Liftgate

For vehicles without keyless access,unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

Press the touch pad located in thehandle of the liftgate, above thelicense plate, and lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate

On vehicles with a power liftgate,the switch is on the driver door. Thevehicle must be in P (Park) to usethe power feature. The taillampsflash when the power liftgatemoves.

{ WARNING

You, or others, could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Choose the power liftgate mode byturning the dial on the switch untilthe indicator lines up with thedesired position. Press the center ofthe switch.

The three modes are:

MAX: The liftgate opens to the fullopen height.

3/4: The liftgate opens to a reducedheight that can be set by the vehicleoperator in a range of approximatelythree-quarters open to full open.Use this setting to prevent theliftgate from opening into overheadobstructions such as a garage dooror roof mounted cargo during poweroperation. The liftgate can still bemanually opened all the way.



OFF: The liftgate only operatesmanually in this position.

Manual operation of a liftgate thatalso has power operation requiresmore effort than with a standardmanual liftgate.

In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode,the liftgate can be power openedand closed by:

. Pressing8 on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitteruntil the liftgate starts moving.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3.

. Pressing8 on the center ofthe mode switch on the driverdoor, with the driver doorunlocked.

. Pressing the touch pad switchon the liftgate outside handle,with all doors unlocked, to openthe liftgate.

Press and release8 on theliftgate next to the latch to close theliftgate.

Pressing any liftgate button, or thetouch pad switch while the liftgate ismoving, stops it. Pressing the buttonor RKE switch again reverses thedirection. There is a minimumdistance that the power liftgate mustalready be open for the system tohold it open. If movement is stoppedbelow that minimum, the liftgatecloses.

Do not force the liftgate open orclosed during a power cycle.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremetemperatures or low batteryconditions. If this occurs, the liftgatecan still be operated manually.

If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate powerfunction will continue to completion.If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) and accelerate before thepower liftgate latch is closed, theliftgate may reverse to the openposition. Cargo could fall out of thevehicle. Always make sure thepower liftgate is closed and latchedbefore you drive away.

If you power open the liftgate andthe liftgate support struts have lostpressure, the turn signals flash anda chime sounds. The liftgate staysopen temporarily, then slowlycloses. See your dealer for servicebefore using the liftgate.



Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,a warning chime will sound and theliftgate will automatically reversedirection to the full closed or openposition. After removing theobstruction, the power liftgateoperation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions, theliftgate will resume normal poweroperation.

The vehicle has pinch sensorslocated on the side edges of theliftgate. If an object is caughtbetween the liftgate and the bodyand presses against this sensor, theliftgate will reverse direction andopen fully. The liftgate will remainopen until it is activated again orclosed manually.

Setting the Power Liftgate3/4 Mode

To change the liftgate stop position.

1. Turn the liftgate switch to eitherthe MAX, or the 3/4 modeposition and power open theliftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate switch. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifrequired.

3. Press and hold the button on theliftgate next to the latch until theturn signals flash and a beepsounds to indicate that the newsetting is recorded.

When power opened with the3/4 mode selected, the liftgate stopsat the new set position.

If you do not receive the audible andvisual feedback when setting theintermediate stop position, you areattempting to set the height belowthe 3/4 open height minimum(approximately 1.52 m or 5 ft).The liftgate cannot be set below thatminimum and the new setting willnot be recorded.

Manual Operation of PowerLiftgate

To change the liftgate to manualoperation, turn the mode switch tothe OFF position.

With the power liftgate disabledand all of the doors unlocked, theliftgate can be manually openedand closed. The effort required tooperate a power liftgate is greaterthan the effort required to operate anon-power liftgate.



To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the handle on the outside ofthe liftgate, and lift the gate open. Toclose the liftgate, use the pull cup tolower the liftgate and close. With thepower liftgate disabled, the liftgateelectric latch will still power latchonce contact is made with thestriker. Always close the liftgatebefore driving.

If the RKE button is pressed whilepower operation is disabled, the turnsignals flash and the liftgate willnot move.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will notopen. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Arming the System

1. Close all doors, liftgate,and hood.

2. Lock the vehicle using thetransmitter or the power doorlock button. The indicator lighton the instrument panel shouldcome on and stay on for about30 seconds.

3. After 30 seconds, the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin to slowlyflash indicating the alarm isoperating.

If a door, the hood, or liftgate isopened without first unlocking withthe transmitter, the turn signals willflash and the horn will sound forabout 30 seconds. The alarmsystem will then re-arm to monitorfor the next unauthorized event.

The theft-deterrent alarm system willnot activate if the doors are lockedwith the key. You can start thevehicle with a recognized transmitterin the vehicle if the alarm has beenset off.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system, either unlockthe doors using the transmitter,or start the vehicle with arecognized transmitter in thevehicle.



To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:. Lock the vehicle with the

transmitter after all occupantshave left the vehicle and alldoors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with thetransmitter. Unlocking a door anyother way will not disarm thealarm.

If you set off the alarm by accident,turn off the alarm by pressing K onthe transmitter. The alarm will notstop if you try to unlock a door anyother way.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsthree times, an attempted break-inoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, theTHEFT ATTEMPTED message willappear on the DIC. See Key andLock Messages on page 5‑34 foradditional information.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbuttonstart is activated to enter the

ACC/ACCESSORY mode or theON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moreRKE transmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.



If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not changeignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, OFF), and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console. See“NO REMOTE DETECTED” underKey and Lock Messages onpage 5‑34.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. Seeyour dealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Do not leave the key or devicethat disarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ WARNING

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,Power Folding Similar

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have side blindzone alert. See Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) on page 9‑55.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, manually fold themirrors inward toward the vehicle toprevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.Push the mirror outward to return itto the original position.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped, to fold the mirrors:

1. With the selector switch inthe ) position, press the downarrow on the control pad. Bothmirrors will automatically fold.

2. Pressing the down arrow againwill return the mirrors to theiroriginal position.



Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:. The mirrors are accidentally

obstructed while folding.. They are accidentally manually

folded/unfolded.. The mirrors do not stay in the

unfolded position.. The mirrors vibrate at normal

driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position.A noise may be heard during theresetting of the power foldingmirrors. This sound is normal after amanual folding operation.

Heated Mirrors1 (Rear Window Defogger):Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf the vehicle is equipped withmemory mirrors, there is an optionto have the mirrors tilt down, whenin R (Reverse), to more easily seethe ground near the vehicle.

When the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse), both the driver andpassenger mirrors will tilt downward.They will return to their previousposition when the vehicle is shiftedout of R (Reverse), the ignition isturned to OFF, or the vehicle is leftin R (Reverse) for an extendedperiod of time.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorAdjust the inside rearview mirrorfor a clear view of the area behindyour vehicle. To avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind, push thetab forward for daytime and pull itfor nighttime use.

Vehicles with OnStar® have threecontrol buttons at the bottom of themirror. See your dealer for moreinformation about OnStar and howto subscribe to it. See OnStarOverview on page 14‑1.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle may have an automaticdimming inside rearview mirror.Automatic dimming reduces theglare from the headlamps of thevehicle behind you. The dimmingfeature and the indicator light comeon each time the vehicle is started.



Vehicles with OnStar have threecontrol buttons located at thebottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.

Cleaning the Mirror

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Windows

{ WARNING

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys on page 2‑2.



The power windows:. Can be operated with the

ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN/START.

. Can be operated within10 minutes of switching theignition off. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑19.

. Will stop operation when anydoor is opened.

Press or pull the switch part of theway to open or close the window.

Express-Down/Up Windows

Windows that have theexpress-down/up feature allow thewindows to be lowered and raisedfully without holding the windowswitch. Press the window switchfully and release it to activate theexpress-down feature. Pull thewindow switch fully up and release itto activate the express-up feature.The express mode can be canceledat any time by briefly pressing orpulling the switch.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming the power windowsmay be necessary if the vehicle'sbattery has been disconnected ordischarged.

If the window will not express upafter power has been restored and amessage is displayed in the DriverInformation Center:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START.

3. From any partial open position,close the window and continueto pull the switch briefly after thewindow has fully closed.

Obstacle Detection Feature

The Obstacle Detection Feature ispart of the express-up feature and isactive:. In the middle and upper portions

of the window opening.. During window up movements.. In ignition OFF during all window

up movements and duringexpress-up window movementsin ignition ON/RUN/START.



If there is something blocking thewindow during automatic closing,the window will reverse directionfor a short distance. Weatherconditions such as extreme coldand/or ice may cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation once the objector condition is removed.

If conditions prevent the windowfrom closing and the windowcontinues to auto-reverse, it ispossible to close the window withthe ignition in ON/RUN/START byholding the window switch in thepartially or fully pulled up position.Release of the switch from thepartially pulled up position will causethe window to stop. Release of theswitch from the fully pulled upposition will activate the express-upand related obstacle detectionfeatures.

Overload

If the windows are repeatedlyoperated within a short time, thewindow operation is disabled for ashort time.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will openall the windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearpassenger windows from operating,except from the driver position.

Pressv { to activate the rearwindow lockout, the indicator light inthe switch illuminates.

The rear door lock safety locks arealso enabled. See Safety Locks onpage 2‑12.

Pressv { again to deactivate therear window lockout.



If a rear door handle is pulled whenthe safety lock is deactivated, thatdoor will remain locked and theindicator light may flash. Releasethe handle, then press the safetylock twice to deactivate the safetylocks.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. If equipped, detach the sunvisor from the center mount to pivotto the side window or to extendalong the rod.

Roof

SunroofOn vehicles with a sunroof, theswitches are on the overheadconsole.

The sunroof only operates when theignition is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). SeeIgnition Positions on page 9‑16 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9‑19.

1. Sunroof Switch

2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Switch

Vent: To vent the sunroof, pressthe rear of the sunroof switch (1) tothe first detent and release, thesunroof will open to the ventposition.



Open/Close: To open or close thesunroof, press the front or rear ofthe sunroof switch (1) to the firstdetent and hold, to open or closethe sunroof to a desired position.

Comfort Stop: The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening to thefull-open position. Press the rearof the sunroof switch (1) to thesecond detent and release to openthe sunroof to the comfort openposition. Press and release the rearof the sunroof switch (1) again tofully open the sunroof. Press thefront of the sunroof switch (1) to thesecond detent and release, toexpress close the sunroof.

Sunshade Switch

Open/Close: To open or close thesunshade, press the front or back ofthe sunshade switch (2) to the firstdetent and hold, to open or closethe sunshade to a desired position.

Express Open/Express Close:To express open or close thesunshade, press the sunshadeswitch (2) to the second detent andrelease.

Fully close the sunroof before fullyclosing the sunshade.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof when it is closing, theanti-pinch feature detects the objectand stops the sunroof from closingat the point of the obstruction. Thesunroof then returns to the full-openposition.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could alsoplug the water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.


Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-12

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-19Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-19Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-22When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-32

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-33Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-38Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-40Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-49

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-52


3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. To raise or lower thehead restraint, press the buttonlocated on the side of the headrestraint, and pull up or push thehead restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.



The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The vehicle's rear seat has anadjustable headrest in the centerseating position that can beadjusted the same way as theoutboard head restraints.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑41.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.



. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibration inthe driver seat to help the driveravoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems on page 9‑46.

Lumbar Adjustment

Power Lumbar

If available, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support. Releasethe control when the seatbackreaches the desired level of lumbarsupport.

Thigh SupportAdjustment

If available, adjust the manual legextension by pulling up on the lever,and then pulling or pushing on thesupport to lengthen or shorten it.Release the lever to lock it in place.



Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.



2. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, the “1,” “2,” and MEMbuttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallysave and recall the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable throttle and brake pedalpositions.

Storing Memory Positions

To save positions to the “1” and “2”buttons:

1. Adjust the driver seat, seatbackrecliner, both outside mirrors,and adjustable pedals to thedesired driving positions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and “1” at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using “2.”

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold "1" or "2" tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing"1” or "2" before the stored positionsare reached stops the recall.

There is also the ability to press andrelease “1” or “2” to manually recallthe previously stored memorypositions. The ignition must bein ON/RUN/START, and thetransmission must be in P (Park).



Placing the ignition in OFF beforethe stored positions are reachedstops the recall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the adjustable pedalswhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold theappropriate manual control for thememory item that is not recalling fortwo seconds. Try recalling thememory position again by pressingthe appropriate memory button.If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

The Auto (Automatic) MemoryRecall feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored“1” or “2” position when entering thevehicle.

Depending upon the Auto MemoryRecall feature enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu, memory “1”or “2” positions are recalled in thefollowing ways:

To activate the recall when On -Driver Door Open is selected in thevehicle personalization menu:

. On vehicles with RKE, press Kon the RKE transmitter and openthe door.

. On vehicles with keyless access,press the lock/unlock button onthe outside driver door handleand open the driver door. TheRKE transmitter must be presentfor the recall to activate.

. If the driver door is alreadyopen, press K on the RKEtransmitter to activate the recall.

To activate the recall when On - AtIgnition On is selected in the vehiclepersonalization menu:. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/

START.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls; or press theadjustable pedal switch. If On - AtIgnition On is selected in the vehiclepersonalization menu, placing theignition in OFF also stops the recall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the adjustable pedalswhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold theappropriate manual control for thememory item that is not recalling fortwo seconds. Try recalling thememory position again by openingthe driver door and pressing K onthe RKE transmitter. If the memoryposition is still not recalling, seeyour dealer for service.



Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, this featuremoves the seat approximately 7 cm(3 in) rearward automaticallyallowing the driver more room to exitthe vehicle.

Easy Exit recall activates when oneof the following occurs:. The vehicle is turned off and the

driver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power seat controls,or the adjustable pedal switch.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold thepower seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exit

position again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.



When this feature is off, the symbolson the buttons are white. When aheated seat is turned on, the symbolturns red. When a ventilated seat(if available) is turned on, thesymbol turns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats can be turned onautomatically. When it is coldoutside, the heated seats turn on,and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. Thisfeature is canceled when theignition is turned on. Press thebutton to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights on the button do notturn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start on page 2‑9and Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Rear SeatsSplit Folding Seatbacks

With this feature, either side of therear seatback can be folded downfor more cargo space.

Folding the Seatbacks

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Unbuckle the rear safety beltsand move the front seatbacks tothe upright position. SeeReclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑6.

2. Make sure that there is nothingunder, in front of, or on the seat.



3. Lift the lever on the top of theseatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises when theseatback is unlocked.

4. Fold the seatback forward. A tabnear the seatback lever retractswhen the seatback is locked inplace.

Keep the seatback in the upright,locked position when not in use.

Raising the Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever on top of theseatback. Raise the seatbackand release the lever. A tab nearthe seatback lever raises whenthe seatback is unlocked.

2. Push the seatback rearward untilit locks in the upright position.A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

3. Make sure the rear safety beltsare not twisted or caughtbetween the seat cushion andthe seatback.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift and hold the lever on top ofthe seatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises when theseatback is unlocked.



2. Tilt the seatback rearward, andthen release the lever when theseatback is in the desiredposition. A tab near the seatbacklever retracts when the seatbackis locked in place.

Heated Rear Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats onpage 3‑9.

If available, the buttons are on therear climate control panel on therear of the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press M or L to heat the left orright outboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and then

the off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

There is a rear seat pass-throughdoor in the center of the rearseatback. Fold down the centerarmrest and push down on the latchto open the door.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ WARNING

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allowpassengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5‑14.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!



When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead of

them. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren on page 3‑34 or Infantsand Young Children on page 3‑36.Follow those rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the belt



would apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3‑19.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullstitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

To unlatch the belt, just push thebutton on the buckle.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so that theshoulder portion of the belt is onthe shoulder and not falling off of it.The belt should be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly onpage 3‑14.

Move the height adjuster up to thedesired position by pushing up onthe height adjuster.



After the height adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pressing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition. Press the release button tolower the height adjuster.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal andnear frontal crash and will deploy inside, rear and rollover events if thethreshold conditions for pretensioneractivation are met.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they will need to be replaced, andprobably other new parts for thevehicle's safety belt system. SeeReplacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash on page 3‑20.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear shoulderbelt comfort guides for the outboardpassenger positions in the rear seat.If not, they are available throughyour dealer. The guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, and properly adjusted,the comfort guide positions the beltaway from the neck and head.

Here is how to install a comfortguide to the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.



3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be under thebelt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

and across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe safety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety belt canbe removed from the guide. Slidethe guide back into its storagepocket located on the side ofthe seat.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. See the instruction sheet thatcomes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealer

to have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5‑14.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑19.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.



Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand for the second rowpassenger seated directlybehind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thesecond row passenger seateddirectly behind the front outboardpassenger.



All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on anattached label near the deploymentopening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ WARNING

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3‑24.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.



{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbagwhen it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. Airbags pluslap-shoulder belts offer protectionfor adults and older children, butnot for young children and infants.Neither the vehicle's safety beltsystem nor its airbag system isdesigned for them. Youngchildren and infants need theprotection that a child restraintsystem can provide. Alwayssecure children properly in thevehicle. To read how, see OlderChildren on page 3‑34 or Infantsand Young Children onpage 3‑36.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15 formore information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.



The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,right front passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.



{ WARNING

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries mainly to the driver's or frontoutboard passenger's head andchest. However, they are onlydesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds a predetermineddeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict howsevere a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Thresholds can also vary withspecific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasdual-stage frontal airbags.Dual-stage airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.The vehicle has electronic frontalsensors, that help the sensingsystem distinguish between amoderate frontal impact and a moresevere frontal impact. For moderatefrontal impacts, dual-stage airbagsinflate at a level less than fulldeployment. For more severe frontalimpacts, full deployment occurs.



The vehicle has seat-mounted sideimpact and roof-rail airbags. SeeAirbag System on page 3‑20.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are intended toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are intended toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbags willinflate if the crash severity is abovethe system's designed thresholdlevel. The threshold level can varywith specific vehicle design.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not intended to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-railairbags are not intended to inflate inrear impacts. A seat-mounted sideimpact airbag is intended to deployon the side of the vehicle that isstruck. Both roof-rail airbags willdeploy when either side of thevehicle is struck, or if the sensing

system predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over, or in a severefrontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? on page 3‑22.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of theimpact more evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help inmany types of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? onpage 3‑24.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3‑22.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There may

be some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ WARNING

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shutoff the fuel system after the airbagsinflate. You can lock the doors, turnoff the interior lamps, and turn offthe hazard warning flashers byusing the controls for thosefeatures.

{ WARNING

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.



In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13‑19 and Event DataRecorders on page 13‑20.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, are visibleduring the system check. If you useremote start, if equipped, to start thevehicle, you may not see the systemcheck. When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator on page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.



The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagshould be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

We recommend that children besecured in a rear seat, including:an infant or a child riding in arear-facing child restraint; a childriding in a forward-facing child seat;an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who are largeenough, using safety belts.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is off.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag if:. The front outboard passenger

seat is unoccupied.. The system determines that an

infant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.



. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending uponthe person’s seating postureand body build. Everyone in thevehicle who has outgrown childrestraints should wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer to“Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)” underSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) on page 3‑50 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) on page 3‑52.



5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatback isnot pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3‑2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild restraint depending upon thechild’s seating posture and bodybuild. It is better to secure the childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult size is sittingin the front outboard passengerseat, but the off indicator is lit, itcould be because that personis not sitting properly in the seat.

Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, seat massagers, alaptop, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.



Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment suchas seat covers, seat heaters, andseat massagers can affect how wellthe passenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑32 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

{ WARNING

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑17.

{ WARNING

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.



Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, roof-rail airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,rollover sensor module, airbagwiring, or cargo restraint system andconvenience net.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system thatincludes sensors as part of the frontoutboard passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system maynot operate properly if the originalseat trim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System onpage 3‑27.

If the vehicle has rollover roof‐railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels on page 10‑61 foradditional important information.

If your vehicle needs to be modifiedbecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 orCustomer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5.



Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15.

Notice: If an airbag covering isdamaged, opened, or broken, theairbag may not work properly. Donot open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbag covers,have the airbag covering and/orairbag module replaced. For thelocation of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? onpage 3‑22. See your dealer forservice.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theairbag systems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag systemmay not work properly andmay not protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death.To help make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away.See Airbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑15. If the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑15.



According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ WARNING

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ WARNING

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lap

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

belt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infantsand all other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.

Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offerprotection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young childrenand infants. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them. Everytime infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ WARNING

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

arms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat. Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. It is alsobetter to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in a rear seat. If youmust secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as itwill go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, be

sure it is designed to be usedin a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. In acrash, if an infant is in arear-facing child restraint, thecrash forces can be distributedacross the strongest part of aninfant's body, the back andshoulders. Infants should alwaysbe secured in rear-facing childrestraints.



{ WARNING

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.



Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑41.

Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints.



In the U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are saferwhen properly restrained in a child

restraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

We recommend that children andchild restraints be secured in a rearseat, including: an infant or a childriding in a rear-facing child restraint;a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat; an older child riding in abooster seat; and children, who arelarge enough, using safety belts.

A label on your sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front.” This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates. Thisis because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

airbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as far

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑27 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with yourchild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, werecommend that rear-facing childrestraints not be transported in thevehicle, even if the airbag is off.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever you install a childrestraint, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inyour vehicle — even when no childis in it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. This system is designed tomake installation of a child restrainteasier.

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use thevehicle's safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.



In order to use the LATCH systemin your vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. The child restraintmanufacturer will provide you withinstructions on how to use the childrestraint and its attachments. Thefollowing explains how to attach achild restraint with theseattachments in your vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There aretwo lower anchors for eachLATCH seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.



The child restraint may havea single tether (3) or a dualtether (4). Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is located on the cover.



Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are located underthe covers, on the back of the rearseatback. Be sure to use an anchorlocated on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3‑40 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ WARNING

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safety

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

belts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ WARNING

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.



{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑40.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower

attachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For the outboard rearseating positions, if thehead restraint interfereswith the proper installationof the child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the end ofthis section.



1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer to thechild restraint instructions andthe following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchorand open its cover toexpose the anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the dual tether aroundthe head restraint.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position and thehead restraint has beenremoved, route the dualtether over the seatback.



If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the single tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position and thehead restraint has beenremoved, route the singletether over the seatback.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest downto its stowed position androute the dual tether overthe headrest.



If you are using a singletether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest downto its stowed position androute the single tether overthe headrest.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for proper installation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint. The headrest in the rearcenter seating position is notremovable and should be loweredto the stowed position for childrestraint installation.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats onpage 3‑10 for additionalinformation.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the same time,and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.



{ WARNING

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints onpage 3‑2.

3. Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑41 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑41 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to secure thechild restraint in this position. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint. Securethe child in the child restraint whenand as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint on page 3‑40.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation of thechild restraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑41.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.




Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.



Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑41.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety beltand let it return to the stowedposition. If the top tether isattached to a top tether anchor,disconnect it. If the head restraintwas removed, reinstall it beforethe seating position is used. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑41 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑40.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑27 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5‑16 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.



{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates. Thisis because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑27 for additionalinformation.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑41 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑41 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbagand seat-mounted side impactairbag, the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

If the vehicle does not have arear seat and the child restrainthas a top tether, follow thechild restraint manufacturer'sinstructions regarding the useof the top tether. See LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑41.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see“If the On Indicator is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑27.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.



2 NOTES


Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsGlove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

StorageCompartments

Glove BoxLift the glove box handle up to openit. Use the key to lock and unlockthe glove box.

The glove box is air conditioned andcan be used to store items at alower temperature. The vehicle airconditioning must be turned on for

the maximum cool air to enter theglove box. Move the slide control toallow cool air into the glove box.After opening the air flow, close theglove box door to keep the cold airfrom entering the vehicle.

Cupholders

This vehicle has a cupholderequipped with a divider that can beadjusted to accommodate largecontainers or small containers.


4-2 Storage

For large containers, push thebutton to move aside the divider andmake the cupholder deeper. Forsmall containers, push down on thetop edge of the divider to lock itback in place and make thecupholder shorter.

Front Storage

If equipped with storage behind theclimate control system, touch andhold the chrome bar at the bottom ofthe climate control system panel to

open. There is a USB port inside.See “USB/SD Port” in theinfotainment manual.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Touch and hold the chrome bar atthe bottom of the climate controlsystem panel again to close.

A storage area is located in front ofthe shift lever. Push upward on thetop of the door and release; thedoor automatically opens.

There is an accessory power outletinside. See Power Outlets onpage 5‑7.

Armrest StorageFor vehicles with a rear seatarmrest, pull the rear seat armrestforward to access cupholders withremovable liners. For vehicles witha rear storage area, pull the lever toaccess.

Center Console StorageThe center console has an armrest,upper storage tray, and a lowerstorage area.

The armrest can be adjusted, slidethe top of the armrest to adjust tothe desired position.

Push the driver side button toaccess the upper storage tray. Pushthe passenger side button to accessthe lower storage area.


Storage 4-3

There is an accessory power outletinside the center console and twoUSB ports. See Power Outlets onpage 5‑7 and the separateinfotainment manual.

Push the button to open the storagearea on the rear of the centerconsole. If equipped with rear seatentertainment (RSE), the audio/video jacks, USB port, and SD portwill be inside. See the separateinfotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverFor vehicles with the dual positioncargo cover, it can be used to coveritems in the cargo area of thevehicle.

The shade can be set in twopositions. It can be set in a halfwayopen (1) position for loading objects

into the rear compartment, or thelower (2) position to conceal objectsin the rear compartment.

Install the Cargo Cover

1. Hold the cartridge so that thepull-out shade faces the rear ofthe vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over the pinson the trim panels of the vehicle.

3. Push down on the cartridge tosnap it into place.

4. Unroll the shade toward the rearof the vehicle.


4-4 Storage

5. Insert the shade pins in thechannels (3) on both sides.

6. Slide the shade to the lower (2)position, or the halfway open (1)position.

Remove the Cargo Cover

1. Remove the cover from thechannels and carefully roll itback up.

2. Slide the button on the top torelease the cartridge.

3. Pull up to remove the cartridgefrom the pins.

{ WARNING

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

Cargo Tie-DownsFor vehicles equipped with cargotie‐downs, the four tie-downs arelocated in the rear compartment ofthe vehicle. Use the tie-downs tosecure small loads.

Cargo ManagementSystem

To open the cargo managementsystem, press the rear of the handleto unlatch it and then lift thehandle up.


Storage 4-5

A prop rod locks to hold the coverup when opened.

Four hooks are located on theinside cover and can be used forstoring items.

There may be additional storagecompartments on each side of thecargo management system. Lift thepanel up to open.

Press the red button on the prop rodto close the cover.

Rear Storage Area

{ WARNING

An improperly latched and closedcargo cover, or cargo cover left inthe open position, could bethrown about the vehicle during acrash or sudden maneuver.Someone could be injured. Besure to return the cover to the

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

closed position and latch beforedriving. If the cover is removed,always store it outside of thevehicle. When it is replaced,always be sure that it is securelyreattached.

To access the rear storage areas ofthe cargo management system, andthe tire sealant and compressor kit:

1. Remove the cargo cover,if equipped.

2. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.


4-6 Storage

3. Release the prop rod from theinside cover by sliding the redclip down.

Unhook the prop rod from thepin on the inside cover. Store theunhooked prop rod by folding itinto the cargo managementcompartment.

4. Store the cargo managementsystem cover by hooking it ontothe weatherstrip.

U-Rail

For vehicles with a u-rail system,the fence can be moved to differentpositions on the u-rail track tosecure cargo.


Storage 4-7

Push both adapter buttons to movethe adapters (2) on the straight partof the u-rail.

To move the fence around the u-rail,disconnect one side:

1. Unlock by turning the latch (1) toalign K with the arrow on theadapter (2).

2. Push the adapter button to movethe adapters (2) to the desiredposition.

3. Reinstall the fence and lock bothlatches (1) by turning to align Qwith the arrow on theadapter (2).

Use the fence to secure items inplace.

Removing the Fence

Unlock by turning both latches (1) toalign K with the arrow on theadapter (2). Lift and remove thefence.

Installing the Fence

Insert the fence into the adaptersand lock both latches (1) by turningto align Q with the arrow on theadapter (2).


4-8 Storage

Storing the Fence

1. Lift the cargo managementsystem cover.

2. Release the cover from the proprod as described in the previoussteps.

3. Insert the top of the fence intothe lower two clips (1).

4. Turn the bottom of the fence upand insert it into the upper twoclips (2).

D-Ring Sliders

For vehicles with a D-ring system,there are four D-ring sliders thatmove along rails. These can beused as tie-downs when storingcargo.

Insert the D-ring sliders (1) into thechannel (2) located in the middle ofthe rail. Push the button to move theD-ring slider along the rail.

The loop of the D-ring slider mustbe facing inward toward the storagearea and the ring must be in the upposition for proper usage.


Storage 4-9

Cargo Net

{ WARNING

Do not stack items higher thanthe upper end of the cargo net orhang anything from the net. Avoiditems that have sharp edges orthat apply excessive force to thenet. If items are not properlystored, damage to the net couldoccur and items can be thrownabout the vehicle. You or otherscould be injured. Always storeitems behind the net.

For vehicles equipped with a cargonet, it can be used to store lightloads, keeping them from fallingover or being thrown into the cabinduring heavy braking.

The net should not be overloaded orused to store heavy loads.

There are four openings in theheadliner: two located behind thefront seats and two behind the rearseats.

1. Insert the top corners of thecargo net into the large openingin the headliner and secure bysliding them into the smallopening.

2. The rear seatbacks should befolded down when the net isinstalled in the headlineropening located behind the frontseats.

3. Mount the cargo net to the rearseat tethers located on the backof the folded down rear seatsand pull on the straps to tightenthe net.

4. When the net is installed in theheadliner opening locatedbehind the rear seats, the rearseatbacks should be upright.


4-10 Storage

5. Mount the cargo net to the cargotie-downs located on the lowerside panels.

6. Pull on the straps to tightenthe net.

Cargo Net Storage

The cargo net can be removed fromthe vehicle and stored in the cargomanagement system.

1. Disconnect the net from the roofopenings and the tethers.

2. Press the red button on thecenter of the net to fold it in half.

3. Roll up the cargo net, storing itinto the attached vinyl bag.

4. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.

5. For vehicles with an inflator kit,store the cargo net in theavailable space next to the kit.

Convenience NetThis vehicle may have aconvenience net located in the rearof the vehicle. Attach it to the cargotie‐downs for storing small loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.


Storage 4-11

Roof Rack System

{ WARNING

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, therack can be used to load items.For roof racks that do not havecrossrails included, GM Certifiedcrossrails can be purchased as anaccessory. See your dealer foradditional information.

Notice: Loading cargo on theroof rack that weighs more than100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over therear or sides of the vehicle maydamage the vehicle. Load cargoonto the roof rack so that it restsevenly between the siderails,making sure to fasten cargosecurely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securely

fastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.


4-12 Storage

2 NOTES


Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-3Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-22Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-22Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24

Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-24Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-25Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-26Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-26Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-30Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-31Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-31Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-32Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-33Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-33Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-33Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-34Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34


5-2 Instruments and Controls

Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-38Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-38Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-38Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-39Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-40Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-40

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-40

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-45Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

g (Push to Talk): For vehicles withOnStar® or a Bluetooth system,press to talk or interact with thosesystems. See OnStar Overview onpage 14‑1 or “Bluetooth” in theseparate infotainment manual.



c (End Call): Press to decline anincoming call, or end a current call.Press to mute or unmute theinfotainment system when not ona call.

S or T (Previous or Next): Pressto go to the previous or next menuoption.

y orz (Next or Previous): MoveSEL up or down to go to the next orprevious selection.

SEL (Select): Press to select ahighlighted menu option.

C orB (Next or PreviousFavorite): Press to go to the nextor previous favorite when listeningto the radio. Press to go to the nextor previous track when listening to amedia source.

x + or x − (Volume): Press toincrease or decrease the volume.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel): Forvehicles equipped with a heatedsteering wheel, press to turn on oroff. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.



INT (Intermittent Wipes): Use forintermittent wipes. To adjust wipefrequency, turn thex INT band upfor more frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes. If the vehiclehas Rainsense™, see the followingRainsense information.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 (Mist): For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged blades shouldbe replaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10‑25.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wipe Parking

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFmode while the wipers areon LO, HI, or INT, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to off before the driver dooris opened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFwhile the wipers are performingwipes due to windshield washing,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense™

For vehicles with Rainsense, asensor located near the top centerof the windshield detects theamount of water on the windshieldand automatically controls thefrequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.. Turn the band up for more

sensitivity to moisture.. Turn the band down for less

sensitivity to moisture.. Move the windshield wiper lever

out of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.



Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers and/ormanual windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑20 for information on fillingthe windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ WARNING

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON: Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF: The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):Press the lower portion of the buttonto set a delay between wipes.



a (Rear Washer): Push thewindshield wiper lever forward tospray washer fluid on the rearwindow. The lever automaticallyreturns to its original position whenreleased.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFF.This disables the rear wiper.

If the transmission is in N (Neutral)and the vehicle speed is very slow,the rear wiper will automatically stopat the base of the rear window.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift leveris in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift leveris in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑20.

Headlamp WasherFor vehicles with headlampwashers, they are located to theside of the headlamps.

The headlamps must be on in orderto use the headlamp washers. If theheadlamps are not on, only thewindshield will be washed.

Pull the wiper lever toward youand hold briefly to activate. Theheadlamp washers will spray once,pause, and spray again. Theheadlamp washer will spray againafter five windshield wash cycles.

See Washer Fluid on page 10‑20 forinformation on filling the windshieldwasher fluid.



CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compassreceives its heading and otherinformation from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages on page 5‑31 for themessages that may be displayed forthe compass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, press theSETTINGS screen button andpress Time and Date.

2. Press Set Time and press +or − to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Press } to go back to theprevious menu.

To set the date:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Time and Date.

2. Press Set Date and press +or − to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.

3. Press } to go back to theprevious menu.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle may have fiveaccessory power outlets.

The accessory power outlets are:. Below the climate control system

inside the front storage bin.. Inside the center floor console.



. On the rear of the center floorconsole. For vehicles with a rearclimate control system, there willbe two accessory power outletson the rear of the center floorconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

There is a small cap that must beremoved to access the accessorypower outlet. When not using theoutlet be sure to cover it with theprotective cap.

Notice: Leaving electricalequipment plugged in for anextended period of time whilethe vehicle is off will drain thebattery. Power is always supplied

to the rear cargo outlet. Alwaysunplug electrical equipment whennot in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 20 ampere rating.

Certain accessory power plugsmay not be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions includedwith the equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment on page 9‑72.

Notice: Hanging heavyequipment from the power outletcan cause damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Thepower outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Cigarette LighterThere may be a cigarette lighterlocated under the climate controlsystem, inside the front storage bin.

To activate the cigarette lighter,push it into the heating element andlet go. The lighter pops out when itis ready to be used.

Notice: Holding a cigarette lighterin while it is heating does not letthe lighter back away from theheating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could beblown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

AshtraysThere may be an ashtray locatedunder the climate control system onthe instrument panel. Press the doorto release the ashtray.



To empty the ashtray, remove it fromthe instrument panel by holding theedges and pulling straight out. Toreinstall, push the tray back intoplace.

There may also be ashtrays locatedon the center floor console behindthe shift lever and in the rear doors.

Notice: If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or othersmoking materials could ignitethem and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster has three interactivedisplay zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightsteering wheel control to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

The left and right zones displayDriver Information Center (DIC)information. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

The center zone displaysapplication information fornavigation, audio, phone,or settings.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menusearch for music or change theaudio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call,view recent calls or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Settings

Press SEL while the Settingsapplication page is displayed toenter the Settings menu.

Units: Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Units menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages: Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DICinformation displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

Open Source Software: PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).



OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

This vehicle has a tamper-resistantodometer. If the vehicle needs anew cluster installed, the newodometer is set to the mileage ofthe old odometer. If this is notpossible, it is set at zero and a labelis put on the driver door to show theold mileage reading.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer can show how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

TachometerThe tachometer displays theengine speed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Notice: If the engine is operatedwith the tachometer in the shadedwarning area, the vehicle couldbe damaged, and the damageswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not operatethe engine with the tachometer inthe shaded warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty,the low fuel light comes on. Therestill is a little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.



Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:. At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric

English

This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the shaded area, theengine is too hot. Pull off the road,stop the vehicle, and turn off theengine as soon as possible.



Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime comes on toremind drivers to fasten their safetybelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclemay continue several times if thedriver remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3‑27.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind the front passenger tofasten their safety belt. Then thelight stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle may continueseveral times if the passengerremains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltwarning light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat suchas a briefcase, handbag, grocerybag, laptop, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the warning lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle thesafety belt.

Second Row Passenger BeltReminder Light

Second row seating positionsmonitored for safety belt useare represented by a coloredsymbol in the Driver informationCenter (DIC) indicating safety beltstatus. When the vehicle is started,three safety belt symbols come on



and stay on for several seconds inthe instrument cluster to alert thedriver that passengers may need tofasten their safety belts. After thepassenger safety belt is buckled,the corresponding safety beltsymbol in the instrument clusterturns green. If a safety belt is notinitially buckled, the instrumentcluster displays a gray safety beltsymbol. While the vehicle is moving,if a second row passenger thatwas previously buckled becomesunbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol will change to flashingred and a chime may sound.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag Systemon page 3‑20.

The airbag readiness light comeson for several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages onpage 5‑38.



Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑27 forimportant safety information. Theoverhead console has a passengerairbag status indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbol

for on and off, for several secondsas a system check. If you are usingremote start, if equipped, to start thevehicle from a distance you may notsee the system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.



Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5‑30.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors the operationof the vehicle to ensure emissionsare at acceptable levels, helping tomaintain a clean environment. Themalfunction indicator lamp comeson when the vehicle is placed inService Only Mode, as a check toshow it is working. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. See Ignition Positions onpage 9‑16.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on while the engine isrunning, this indicates that theOBD II system has detected aproblem and diagnosis and servicemight be required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system alsoassists the service technician incorrectly diagnosing anymalfunction.



Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with this lighton, the emission controls mightnot work as well, the vehicle fueleconomy might not be as good,and the engine might not run assmoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Notice: Modifications made to theengine, transmission, exhaust,intake, or fuel system of thevehicle or the replacementof the original tires with otherthan those of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) canaffect the vehicle's emissioncontrols and can cause this lightto come on. Modifications tothese systems could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoresult in a failure to pass arequired Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10‑3.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

To prevent more serious damage tothe vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.. If towing a trailer, reduce the

amount of cargo being hauled assoon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to stop and park thevehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait atleast 10 seconds, and restart theengine. If the light is still flashing,follow the previous steps and seeyour dealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemission control systemmalfunction:. Check that the fuel cap is fully

installed. See Filling the Tank onpage 9‑62. The diagnosticsystem can determine if thefuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. A loose ormissing fuel cap allows fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with the capproperly installed should turn thelight off.

. Check that good quality fuel isused. Poor fuel quality causesthe engine not to run asefficiently as designed and maycause stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration,



or stumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.

If one or more of these conditionsoccurs, change the fuel brand used.It may require at least one full tankof the proper fuel to turn the light off.

See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑59.

If none of the above have madethe light turn off, your dealer cancheck the vehicle. The dealer hasthe proper test equipment anddiagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Depending on where you live,your vehicle may be required toparticipate in an emission controlsystem inspection and maintenanceprogram. For the inspection, theemission system test equipment willlikely connect to the vehicle's DataLink Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on with the engine running, or ifthe vehicle is placed in ServiceOnly Mode and the malfunctionindicator lamp does not comeon. See your dealer forassistance in verifying properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp.

. The OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics) system determinesthat critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed. Thevehicle would be considered notready for inspection. This canhappen if the 12-volt battery hasrecently been replaced or rundown. The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate criticalemission control systems duringnormal driving. This can takeseveral days of routine driving.If this has been done and thevehicle still does not pass theinspection for lack of OBD IIsystem readiness, your dealercan prepare the vehicle forinspection.



Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ WARNING

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parking

brake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages on page 5‑30.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If itdoes not come on, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn if there is aproblem.



If this light stays on, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system or another system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. See theinformation for the Electric ParkingBrake under Parking Brake onpage 9‑28. If a message displays inthe Driver Information Center (DIC),see Brake System Messages onpage 5‑30.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes,but the antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light onpage 5‑20 and Brake SystemMessages on page 5‑30.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If available, this light briefly comeson amber while starting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then turns off.

This light comes on green when thesystem is on and ready to operate.When the system determines thatthe vehicle is leaving its lanewithout using the turn signal, thislight will change to amber and flash.



See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9‑57.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If available, this light in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) displaysgreen when a vehicle is detectedahead.

This light will display amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑50.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑31 and StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑33.

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the TCS is off, the system doesnot assist in controlling the vehicle.Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTraksystems and the warning lightturns off.



See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑31 and StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑33.

Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

The StabiliTrak or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine which

feature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.

See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑33 and Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on page 9‑31.

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off.

Notice: The engine coolanttemperature warning lightindicates that the vehicle hasoverheated. Driving with this lighton can damage the engine and itmay not be covered by thevehicle warranty. See EngineOverheating on page 10‑18.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑18.



Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages onpage 5‑38. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires to thepressure value shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeTire Pressure on page 10‑51.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑54.

Engine Oil Pressure LightNotice: Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engineoil low can also damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Check the oil level as soon aspossible. Add oil if required, butif the oil level is within theoperating range and the oilpressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always followthe maintenance schedule forchanging engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Fuel Economy Light

This light is in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) display.



For vehicles with the fuel economymode light, it comes on when theeco (economy) button, located nextto the shift lever, is pressed. Pressthe button again to turn off the lightand exit the fuel economy mode.See Driving for Better FuelEconomy on page 1‑23 and FuelEconomy Mode on page 9‑26 formore information.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2‑18.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6‑2.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.



This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with the AFLsystem. It flashes when the systemis switching between lightingmodes. See Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) on page 6‑3.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See Front FogLamps on page 6‑6 for moreinformation.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) comes on whenthe Adaptive Cruise Control(if equipped) is active. See AdaptiveCruise Control on page 9‑37.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in theleft and right interactive displayzones on the instrument cluster. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

y orz : Press the five-waycontrol to move up or down in a list.

S or T : Press the five-way controlto move between the interactivedisplay zones in the cluster.Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select): Press the center toopen a menu or select a menu item.Press and hold to reset values oncertain screens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The information displays on the DICcan be turned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in the centerdisplay zone on the cluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to move throughthe list of possible informationdisplays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item. When an item isselected, a checkmark willappear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed: The digital speedometershows the vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Trip 1 and Trip 2: The Trip displayshows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.



Fuel Range: The Fuel Rangedisplay shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is lowon fuel. The fuel range estimate isbased on an average of thevehicle's fuel economy over recentdriving history and the amount offuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy: TheAverage Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy:The Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in either liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This numberreflects only the fuel economy thatthe vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change.

Average Speed: The AverageSpeed display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer: This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass: The Compass displayshows the direction the vehicle isdriving.

Turn Arrow: The Turn Arrowdisplay shows the next maneuverwhen using route guidance.

Travel Time: The Travel Timedisplay shows the estimated timeduration remaining for the currentroute.

Distance to Destination: TheDistance to Destination displayshows the distance to thedestination when using routeguidance.



Speed Limit: The Speed Limitdisplay shows the current speedlimit. The information for this pagecomes from a roadway database.

Speed Warning: The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press SEL when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Pressy orz to adjustthe value. This feature can beturned off by pressing and holdingSEL while viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Cruise Set Speed: The Cruise SetSpeed display shows the speed thecruise control or Adaptive CruiseControl is set to.

Follow Distance: The FollowDistance display shows the currentfollowing distance to the vehicleahead.

Battery Voltage: The BatteryVoltage display shows the currentbattery voltage.

Oil Life: The Oil Life display showsan estimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE99% is displayed, that means 99%of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages onpage 5‑33. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended inthe Maintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

Remember, the Oil Life displaymust be reset after each oil change.It will not reset itself. Also, becareful not to reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.

To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life Systemon page 10‑10.

Tire Pressure: The Tire Pressuredisplay shows the approximatepressures of all four tires. Tirepressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or in pounds persquare inch (psi). If the pressure islow, the value for that tire is shownin amber. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑53 and TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑54.

Maintenance Required: Thisdisplay shows how many kilometers(miles) until the next maintenance isneeded.

Blank Page: The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the DIC displayzone(s).



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be neededto correct a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do notrequire immediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR. The messagesthat require immediate action cannotbe cleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on yourvehicle content.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Batteryon page 10‑23.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid on page 10‑21.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Parking Brakeon page 9‑28.



RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ParkingBrake on page 9‑28.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Whenthis message is displayed, the brakeboost assist motor might be heardoperating and you might noticepulsation in the brake pedal. Thisis normal under these conditions.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Compass Messages

CAL

This message is displayed when thecompass needs to be calibrated.See Compass on page 5‑7.

– –Dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See yourdealer for service.

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9‑37.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep

the radar sensors free of mud,dirt, snow, ice, and slush.Clean the entire front and/or rearof the vehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑89.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control on page 9‑35.



NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9‑37.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. Close the doorcompletely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the liftgate is open.Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADDCOOLANT

This message will display if thecoolant is low. See Engine Coolanton page 10‑14.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.



HIGH COOLANTTEMPERATURE

This message displays if the coolanttemperature is hot. See EngineOverheating on page 10‑18.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27, EngineOil on page 10‑8, and MaintenanceSchedule on page 11‑4.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.

If this message is on, but thereis no reduction in performance,proceed to your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.



Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message is displayed if theremote is no longer detected in thevehicle. Press the brake pedal torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays when theAFL system is disabled and needsservice. See your dealer. SeeAdaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) onpage 6‑3.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL ON

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned on. SeeTwilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL OFF

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned off. SeeTwilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement onpage 10‑27 and Replacement Bulbson page 10‑33.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.



Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the ActiveEmergency Braking System may notwork or may not work as well. Thevehicle does not need service.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been turned off. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9‑53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been set to the "Alert" setting.This setting disables most automatic

braking functions of the AutoCollision Preparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with the"Alert" setting, but braking is lesslikely to occur. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9‑53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been unavailable for some time.The Active Emergency BrakingSystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep the

radar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑89.


This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Departure Warningsystem will not operate. AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), and the ActiveEmergency Braking System may notwork or may not work as well.



LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parkingand backing features of the Driver

Assistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep the

radar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Cleanthe entire front and/or rearof the vehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑89.


See Driver Assistance Systems onpage 9‑46.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA),Active Emergency Braking System,Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking, and/or Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.



SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKEAND PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System. Do not use thissystem to help park or back thevehicle. See your dealer for service.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) features will not work. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care on page 10‑89.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE REAR AXLE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the All-WheelDrive (AWD) System. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑33.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the selective ridecontrol. See Selective Ride Controlon page 9‑34.



SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑31.

SPORT MODE ON

This message displays when SportMode has been activated. SeeSelective Ride Control on page 9‑34and Manual Mode on page 9‑24.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑31.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑31.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the power steeringsystem and a chime may sound.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑54.



TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑54.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5‑24.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑51.

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC) andattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm). See Manual Mode onpage 9‑24.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to remove the key fromthe vehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.



Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control. SeeWindshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑3.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display whenthe washer fluid level is low. SeeWasher Fluid on page 10‑20.

VehiclePersonalizationThe audio system controls are usedto access the personalizationmenus for customizing vehiclefeatures.

Personalization Menus

1. Press SETTINGS on theHome page.

2. Press Vehicle Settings.

The following list of menu items maybe available:. Climate and Air Quality. Collision/Detection Systems. Comfort and Convenience. Lighting. Power Door Locks. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start



Climate and Air Quality

Select the Climate and Air Qualitymenu and the following may bedisplayed:. Auto Fan Max Speed. Air Quality Sensor. Auto Defog. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Press Auto Fan Max Speed. Pressto select Low, Medium, or High.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity. Only vehicles withthe dual automatic climate controlwill have this option.

Press Air Quality Sensor. Press toselect Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity. Press S Back to goback to the last menu.

Auto Defog

When set to ON, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started. Only vehicles withthe dual automatic climate controlwill have this option.

Press Auto Defog. Press to selectOff or On. Press S Back to go backto the last menu.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this will allow you toturn the Auto Rear Defog on or off.This feature will automatically turnon the rear window defogger when itis cold outside.

Press Auto Rear Defog. Press toselect Off or On. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the following willbe displayed:. Alert Type. Auto Collision Preparation. Go Notifier. Side Blind Zone Alert. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding Forward Collision, LaneDeparture Warning, Adaptive CruiseControl, Parking Assist, andBacking Warning alerts.

Press Alert Type. Press to selectBeeps or Safety Alert Seat.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.



Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert feature aswell as the Automatic Brakingcapability of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. With the "Alertand Brake" setting, both ForwardCollision Alert as well as theAutomatic Braking capability of theAuto Collision Preparation featureare available. The "Alert" settingdisables most automatic brakingfunctions of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with the"Alert" setting, but it is much lesslikely to be triggered by most drivingconditions. Off disables all ForwardCollision Alert and AutomaticBraking capabilities of the AutoCollision Preparation feature. SeeActive Emergency Braking Systemon page 9‑53.

Press Auto Collision Preparation.Press to select Off, Alert & Brake,or Alert. Press S Back to go back tothe last menu.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Press Go Notifier. Press to selectOff or On. Press or press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the Side Blind ZoneAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Press Side Blind Zone Alert. Pressto select Off or On. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Press Rear Cross Traffic Alert.Press to select Off or On.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Comfort and Convenience

Select the Comfort andConvenience menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Auto Memory Recall. Easy Exit Options. Chime Volume. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Memory Recall

This allows the Auto Memory Recallfeature to be turned on or off.

Press Auto Memory Recall. Press toselect Off or On, On - Driver DoorOpen, or On - At Ignition On.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.



Easy Exit Options

This allows the Easy Exit Optionsfeature to be turned on or off.

Press Easy Exit Options. Press toselect Off or On. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press Chime Volume. Press + or −to adjust the volume between 0 and63. Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) or theignition is turned to OFF.

Press Reverse Tilt Mirror. Pressto select Off or On, On - Driverand Passenger, On - Driver orOn - Passenger. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Language

Select the Language menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. English. French. Spanish

Press to select the language.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Lighting

Select the Lighting menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Vehicle Locator Lights. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlights when K on the RKEtransmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Press Vehicle Locator Lights. Pressto select Off or On. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Press Exit Lighting. Press to selectOff, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Power Door Locks

Select Power Door Locks and thefollowing will be displayed:. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out. Auto Door Unlock. Delayed Door Lock



Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Press Unlocked Door Anti LockOut. Press to select Off or On.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Press Auto Door Unlock. Press toselect Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Press Delayed Door Lock. Press toselect Off or On. Press S Back togo back to the last menu.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Startand the following may be displayed:. Remote Unlock Light Feedback. Remote Lock Feedback. Remote Door Unlock. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats. Passive Door Unlock. Passive Door Lock. Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Press Remote Unlock LightFeedback. Press to select Off orFlash Lights. Press S Back to goback to the last menu.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Press Remote Lock Feedback.Press to select Off, Lights andHorn, Lights Only, or Horn Only.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Press Remote Door Unlock. Pressto select All Doors or Driver DoorOnly. Press S Back to go back tothe last menu.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the cooled seats onwhen using remote start onwarm days.



Press Remote Start Auto CoolSeats. Press to select Off or On.On some vehicles select Off,On - Driver and Passenger, orOn - Driver. Press S Back to goback to the last menu.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Press Remote Start Auto HeatSeats. Press to select Off or On.On some vehicles select Off,On - Driver and Passenger, orOn - Driver. Press S Back to goback to the last menu.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Press Passive Door Unlock. Pressto select All Doors or Driver DoorOnly. Press S Back to go back tothe last menu.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on or offor to select feedback when usingthe button on the driver door to lockthe vehicle. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3.

Press Passive Door Lock. Press toselect On, On with Horn Chirp,or Off. Press S Back to go back tothe last menu.

Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

This feature will alert the driver if theremote is left in the vehicle.

Press Remote Left in VehicleReminder. Press to select Off or On.Press S Back to go back to thelast menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If the vehicle has this feature, youwill see these buttons with oneindicator light next to them in theoverhead console.



This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1,1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future UniversalRemote system programming.

It is also recommended that uponthe sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed Universal Remotesystem buttons be erased forsecurity purposes. See “ErasingUniversal Remote System Buttons”later in this section.

When programming a garage door,park outside of the garage. Parkdirectly in line with and facing thegarage door opener motor-head orgate motor-head. Be sure thatpeople and objects are clear ofthe garage door or gate beingprogrammed.

It is recommended that a newbattery be installed in the hand-heldtransmitter for quicker and moreaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system,call 1-800-355-3515 or go towww.homelink.com.

Programming a garage door openerinvolves time-sensitive actions, soread the entire procedure beforestarting. Otherwise, the device willtime out and the procedure will haveto be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm(1 to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons while keeping theindicator light in view. Thehand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit).



2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one of thethree Universal Remote systembuttons to be used to operatethe garage door. Do not releasethe Universal Remote systembutton or the hand-heldtransmitter button until theindicator light changes from aslowly to a rapidly flashing light.You now may release bothbuttons.

Some entry gates and garagedoor openers may requiresubstitution of Step 2 with theprocedure noted in “GateOperator and CanadianProgramming” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold for five secondsthe newly trained UniversalRemote system button (thebutton selected in Step 2) whileobserving the indicator light andgarage door activation.. If the indicator light stays on

continuously or the garagedoor starts to move whenthe Universal Remotesystem button is pressedand released, then theprogramming is complete.There is no need tocontinue programmingSteps 4–6.

. If the Universal Remotesystem indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then turns to a constantlight and the garage doordoes not move, continuewith programmingSteps 4–6.

It may be helpful to haveanother person assist withthe remaining Steps 4–6.

“Learn” or “Smart” Button

4. After Steps 1–3 have beencompleted, locate the “Learn” or“Smart” button inside the garageon the garage door openerreceiver (motor-head unit). Thename and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer.

5. Firmly press and release the“Learn” or “Smart” button. Afterpressing this button, you willhave 30 seconds to completeStep 6.



6. Immediately return to thevehicle. Firmly press and holdfor two seconds the UniversalRemote system button, selectedin Step 2 to control the garagedoor, and then release it. If thegarage door does not move orthe lamp on the garage dooropener receiver (motor-headunit) does not flash, press andhold the same button a secondtime for two seconds, thenrelease it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash, pressand hold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

To program the remaining twoUniversal Remote system buttons,begin with Step 1 of “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency lawsrequire transmitter signals to timeout or quit after several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similarly, some U.S.gate operators are manufactured totime out in the same manner.

If you live in Canada, or you arehaving difficulty programming a gateoperator or garage door opener byusing the “Programming theUniversal Remote System”procedures, regardless of whereyou live, replace Step 2 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” with the following:

Continue to press and hold theUniversal Remote system buttonwhile you press and release every

two seconds (cycle) the hand-heldtransmitter button until thefrequency signal has beensuccessfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least half of a second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

All programmed buttons should beerased when the vehicle is sold orthe lease ends.



To erase all programmed buttons onthe Universal Remote systemdevice:

1. Press and hold down the twooutside buttons until theindicator light begins to flash.This should take about10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the threeUniversal Remote system buttons:

1. Press and hold the desiredUniversal Remote systembutton. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com. You mayalso call the customer assistancephone number under CustomerAssistance Offices (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑5 or CustomerAssistance Offices (Mexico) onpage 13‑5.



2 NOTES


Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

This control is on the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringcolumn.

There are four positions:

O (Off): Briefly turn to this positionto turn the automatic light control offor on again.


6-2 Lighting

AUTO (Automatic): Turns theheadlamps on automatically atnormal brightness, together with thefollowing:. Parking Lamps. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

; (Parking Lamps): Turns theparking lamps on together with thefollowing:. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

3 (Headlamps): Turns theheadlamps on together with thelamps listed below. A warning chimesounds if the driver door is openedwhen the ignition switch is off andthe headlamps are on.. Parking Lamps. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Instrument Panel Lights

# (Front Fog Lamps): Forvehicles with fog lamps, press toturn the lamps on or off.

See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou, then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.Fully functional daytime runninglamps are required on all vehiclesfirst sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.


Lighting 6-3

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness or for vehicleswith High Intensity Discharge (HID)headlamps, the DRL lights will comeon when the following conditionsare met:. The ignition is in the ON/

RUN mode.. The exterior lamp control is

in AUTO.. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thehigh-beam headlamps, taillamps,sidemarker, instrument panel lamps,and other lamps will not be on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then release.For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL cannot be turned off.

This vehicle may have a DRLdisabling function. When the DRLare on and a turn signal is activated,the DRL on that side will be off untilthe turn signal goes off.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)For vehicles with uplevelheadlamps, the AFL system adjuststhe headlamps to provide greaterroad illumination in various drivingconditions.

To enable AFL, set the exteriorlamp control to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTOposition will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle; drivinga short distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls on page 6‑1.

Curve Lighting

The light beam pivots based on thesteering wheel position and vehiclespeed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).The headlamps shine at an angle ofup to 15 degrees to the right or leftof the direction of travel.


6-4 Lighting

Twilight Sentinel

This feature automatically turns thelamps on and off. A light sensor ontop of the instrument panel makesthe Twilight Sentinel® work, so besure it is not covered.

With Twilight Sentinel the followingwill happen:. When it is dark enough outside,

and the exterior lamp control isin the AUTO position, theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL)go off, and the headlamps andparking lamps come on. Theother lamps that come on withthe headlamps also come on.

. When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off, and theDRL come on, as long as theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO position. See ExteriorLamp Controls on page 6‑1.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately.If it is light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is aslight delay before the automaticheadlamp system changes tothe DRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑6.

The vehicle can be idled with thelamps off, even when it is darkoutside. After starting the vehicle,turn the exterior lamps controltoP, then release it. The lamps willremain off until the control is turnedtoP again.

Twilight Sentinel also providesexterior illumination as you leavethe vehicle. If Twilight Sentinel hasturned on the lamps when theignition is turned off, the lampsremain on until one of the followingoccurs:. The exterior lamp control is

moved toP from the AUTO

position or to;.

. The delay time selected haselapsed.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40 to select the delay time.You can also select no delay time.

If the ignition is turned off with theexterior lamp control in the parkinglamp or headlamp position, theTwilight Sentinel delay will notoccur. The lamps will turn off assoon as the control is turned off.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.


Lighting 6-5

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with theengine on, and the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO, the headlamps,parking lamps, and other exteriorlamps come on. The transition timefor the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. When thewipers are not operating, theselamps turn off. Move the exteriorlamp control toP or; to disablethis feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers):Press this button on the instrumentpanel, to make the front and rearturn signal lamps flash on and off.This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again to turnthe flashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.


6-6 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers on page 10‑34.

Front Fog Lamps

The front fog lamp button is onthe exterior lamp control on theoutboard side of the steering wheel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# (Front Fog Lamps): Press toturn the fog lamps on or off. Anindicator light on the instrumentcluster comes on when the foglamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lights and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelBrightness): Move and hold thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.


Lighting 6-7

Cargo LampThe cargo lamp is located in therear compartment and is controlledby the dome lamp. See DomeLamps on page 6‑7.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome LampsThe dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* (Dome Lamp Override): Turnsthe lamp off, even when a dooris open.

1 (Door): The lamp comes onwhen a door is opened.

+ (On): Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps in theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

. Press# or$ next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

. Press the lamp lens on the rearpassenger reading lamps.


6-8 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, back-up lamps, domelamps, and most of the interior lightsturn on briefly, when K is pressedon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off, and thenthe dome and remaining interiorlights dim to off. The entry lightingcan be manually turned off bychanging the ignition out of the offposition, or by pressing Q on theRKE transmitter.


Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, back-up lamps, and licenseplate lamps come on at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when adoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamps alsocome on when the driver door isopened after the ignition is changedto the off position.

The exterior lights and dome lampremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lights turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control to off.


Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.


Lighting 6-9

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible. SeeBattery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5‑30.


6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES


Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings and downloadableapplications (if equipped).


7-2 Infotainment System

2 NOTES


Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats(If Equipped)


6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation


8-2 Climate Controls

Climate Touch Screen Controls


2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Displays

3. Fan Control

4. SYNC TEMP (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by pressingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.



Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings.Auto operation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on. Press^to select recirculation; press it againto select outside air.

OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w /x (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls): Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature): Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Manual Operation

z9 or9y (Fan Control):Press the fan control buttons or thetouch screen fan control, to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Pressand hold the buttons or the touchscreen control to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.



Air Delivery Mode Control: Whenthe climate information is displayed,press the desired air delivery modeon the touch screen to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the directionof the airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog): Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield. Press the0 button toturn on or off. Changing the airdelivery mode also turns thedefrost off.

AC Mode (Air Conditioning):Press the AC Mode touch screencontrol to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fanis turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing,the air conditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation:When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air inside the vehicle mayautomatically recirculate as neededto help quickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

If equipped, an air quality sensormay also activate recirculation whenit detects increasing levels of poorquality air outside the vehicle. Theair quality sensor will not maintainrecirculation for an extended periodand may not activate during coldweather. To adjust the sensitivity ofthe air quality sensor, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

The air quality sensor system doesnot protect against carbon monoxide(CO), which cannot be seen orsmelled. See Engine Exhaust onpage 9‑22.

^ (Recirculation): Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or preventoutside air and odors from entering.



Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog: The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger turnsoff automatically after about10 minutes. If turned on again, itruns for about five minutes beforeturning off. At higher vehiclespeeds, the rear window defoggermay stay on continuously.

The rear window defogger canbe set to automatic operation.See “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. When Auto Rear Defogis selected, the rear windowdefogger turns on automaticallywhen the interior temperature is coldand the outside temperature isabout 4°C (40°F) and below. Theauto rear defogger turns offautomatically after about10 minutes. At higher vehiclespeeds, the rear window defoggermay stay on continuously.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirrors.

Notice: Do not try to clear frostor other material from the insideof the front windshield and rearwindow with a razor blade oranything else that is sharp. Thismay damage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped):Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Seats on page 1‑9.



Remote Start Climate ControlOperation: For vehicles with theremote vehicle start feature, theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely.The system uses the driver’sprevious settings to heat or cool theinside of the vehicle. The rear defogmay come on during remote startbased on cold ambient conditions.The rear defog indicator light doesnot come on during a remotestart. If the vehicle has heated orventilated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start on page 2‑9 andHeated and Ventilated Seats onpage 1‑9.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Sensor

The solar sensor, located on topof the instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system usesthe sensor information to adjustthe temperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Rear Climate ControlSystemFor vehicles with a rear climatecontrol system, the settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrol buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)



4. Fan Control

5. O (On/Off)

6. TEMP (Temperature Control)



Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

5. REAR O (On/Off)

6. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

7. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Rear Control Lockout


Rear: Press this button on the frontclimate control touch screen to openthe rear climate control screen. Therear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O (On/Off): Press O or REAR O toturn the rear climate control on oroff. The rear climate control systemcan also be turned off by pressingthe fan down button until the systemturns off. If the rear climate controlis turned off using REAR O on the

touch screen, the O button on therear climate control faceplate mustbe pressed twice to turn the systemback on.

SYNC: Press the SYNC buttonon the touch screen to match therear climate control temperatureto the front climate control drivertemperature. The SYNC button willbe lit. Press the TEMP, MODE or

AUTO button twice to unlink the setdriver and rear temperatures. TheSYNC button turns off.

Rear Control Lockout: Press tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

Rear AUTO: Press to turn on or off.The air delivery and fan speed arecontrolled automatically. The AUTOindicator appears on the display.If any of the climate control settingsare manually adjusted, this cancelsfull automatic operation.

Manual Operation

SA T (Fan Control): Press orpress and hold the rear climatecontrol buttons or touch screen toincrease or decrease the airflow.Pressing TA when the system isoff will turn the system on. The airdelivery mode remains in itsprevious setting.



+/− (Temperature Control): Pressor press and hold the reartemperature control buttons or touchscreen to adjust the rear passengertemperature. Press + for warmer airand press − for cooler air.

Y /\ /Y (Air Delivery ModeControl): Press the desired modebutton on the touch screen or themode button on the rear faceplate tochange the direction of the airflow inthe rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, IfEquipped): Press M or L to heatthe left or right outboard seatcushion and seatback. See HeatedRear Seats on page 3‑12.

Air VentsMove the sliding knob on the airoutlets up and down or left andright to direct the airflow. Use thethumbwheels near the air outlets toopen or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non‐GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not insert any objects inthe outlets, as failure of themechanism may occur.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance,see Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4. To find out what type offilter to use, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑15.

1. Open the glove box completelyand remove the four screwsalong the upper portion of theglove box.

2. When released, lower the upperportion of the glove box.

3. Locate the service door for thepassenger compartment air filter.



4. Release the two latches holdingthe service door. Lower theservice door.

5. Remove the old air filter.

6. Install the new air filter.

7. Close the service door andlatches.

8. Reinstall the upper portion of theglove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.



2 NOTES


Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Starting the GasolineEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . 9-23Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-31

Ride Control SystemsTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31

StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-33Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-34Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . 9-34

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-37

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver AssistanceSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-46

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57


9-2 Driving and Operating

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-59Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-60California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-60Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-61Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64

TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70Trailer SwayControl (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attentionaway from the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the Infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3‑13.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ WARNING

Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Decidingto push the brake pedal isperception time. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second.In that time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:. Keep enough distance between

you and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.



If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Hydraulic Power Steering

Your vehicle has hydraulic powersteering. It may requiremaintenance. See Power SteeringFluid on page 10‑19.

If power steering assist is lostbecause the engine stops orbecause of a system malfunction,the vehicle can be steered but mayrequire increased effort. See yourdealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.. Reduce speed before entering a

curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady

speed through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.



2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not

rolling.. Steering or Cornering

Skid — too much speed orsteering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:. Ease your foot off the

accelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,

snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.



Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid

reservoir filled.. Have good tires with proper

tread depth. See Tires onpage 10‑42.

. Turn off cruise control.



Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attention toyour surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, find asafe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep the interior

temperature cool.. Keep your eyes moving — scan

the road ahead and to the sides.. Check the rearview mirror and

vehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips fordriving in these conditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ WARNING

If you do not shift down, thebrakes could get so hot that theywould not work well. You wouldthen have poor braking or evennone going down a hill. You couldcrash. Shift down to let the engineassist the brakes on a steepdownhill slope.

{ WARNING

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downand they could get so hot thatthey would not work well. Youwould then have poor braking oreven none going down a hill.Steering may also be affectedwhen ignition is off. You couldcrash. Always have the enginerunning and the vehicle in gearwhen going downhill.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay in yourown lane.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(stalled car, accident).



. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there is snowor ice between the tires and theroad, creating less traction or grip.Wet ice can occur at about 0°C(32°F) when freezing rain begins tofall, resulting in even less traction.Avoid driving on wet ice or infreezing rain until roads can betreated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops on slippery roads, butapply the brakes sooner than whenon dry pavement.

Allow greater following distance onany slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remain icywhen the surrounding roads areclear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

See Antilock Brake System (ABS)on page 9‑27.

Turn off cruise control, on slipperysurfaces.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use Roadside Service.See Roadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑7 or Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.To get help and keep everyone inthe vehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ WARNING

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of your vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air inside thevehicle and set the fan speedto the highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems” inthe Index.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑22.

To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warmthe vehicle and then shut the engineoff and close the window most ofthe way to save heat. Repeat thisuntil help arrives but only when youfeel really uncomfortable from thecold. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the acceleratorpedal slightly so the engine runsfaster than the idle speed. Thiskeeps the battery charged to restartthe vehicle and to signal for helpwith the headlamps. Do this as littleas possible to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑31.

{ WARNING

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).



Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑85.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle showhow much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way the

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

vehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's center



pillar (B-pillar). With the driverdoor open, the label is attachednear the door lock post. The Tireand Loading Information labelshows the number of occupantseating positions (1), and themaximum vehicle capacityweight (2) in kilograms andpounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also showsthe tire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires on page 10‑42 andTire Pressure on page 10‑51.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement“The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbs and

there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)= 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

See Trailer Towing on page 9‑68for important information ontowing a trailer, towing safetyrules and trailering tips.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg(300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg(750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight and



seating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thedriver side center pillar (B-pillar).The label shows the size of thevehicle's original tires and theinflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. This is called

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label alsotells you the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). To find out the actualloads on the front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh the vehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out theload equally on both sides of thecenter line.

Never exceed the GVWR for thevehicle, or the GAWR for eitherthe front or rear axle.

If the vehicle is carrying a heavyload, it should be spread out.See “Steps for DeterminingCorrect Load Limit” earlier in thissection.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Your warranty does not coverparts or components that failbecause of overloading.

The label will help you decidehow much cargo and installedequipment your vehicle cancarry.



Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not change yourweight ratings. Ask your dealerto help you load your vehicle theright way.

If you put things inside yourvehicle – like suitcases,tools, packages, or anythingelse – they will go as fast as thevehicle goes. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is acrash, they will keep going.

{ WARNING

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them as

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

far forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: The vehicle does notneed an elaborate break-in. But itwill perform better in the long runif you follow these guidelines:. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. During the first 1 000 km(600mi), avoid using morethan moderate accelerationin lower gears and avoidvehicle speeds above110 km/h (68mph).



. Between the first 1 000 km(600mi) and 5 000 km(3,000 mi), heavyacceleration in lower gearscan be used. Vehicle speedsabove 110 km/h (68mph)should be limited tofive minutes per use.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow thisbreaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

. Do not tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips on page 9‑65 for thetrailer towing capabilities ofyour vehicle and moreinformation.

Following break‐in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Adjustable Throttle andBrake PedalIf the vehicle has this feature, theposition of the throttle and brakepedals can be adjusted.

The switch used to adjust thepedals is located on the right side ofthe steering column, below the

wiper stalk. Pull the switch towardyou to move the pedals further fromthe floor, or push the switch awayfrom you to move the pedals closerto the floor.

Adjust the throttle and brake pedalswhile the vehicle is in P (Park)without pressing on the pedals. Thepedals cannot be adjusted while thevehicle is in R (Reverse) or whencruise control is engaged. Thethrottle and brake pedals can alsobe adjusted while driving.



Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes, ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START and STOPPINGTHE ENGINE/OFF.

If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the keyless entrysystem. See Key and LockMessages on page 5‑34.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN mode and thebrake pedal must be applied.

STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF(No Indicator Light): When thevehicle is stopped, press the engineSTART/STOP button once to turnthe engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9‑19.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park),the ignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑27. When the vehicle isshifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the ignitionto OFF. On vehicles with anautomatic transmission, the shiftlever must be in P (Park) to turnthe ignition switch to the OFFposition.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake on page 9‑28.



{ WARNING

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the engine START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice infive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light): This modeallows you to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied, will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterten minutes to prevent batteryrun down.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight): This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Gasoline Engineon page 9‑17. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off,and the brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.

The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Push the buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the GasolineEnginePlace the transmission in the propergear by moving the shift lever toP (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle isalready moving, use N (Neutral).

Notice: Do not try to shift toP (Park) if the vehicle is moving.If you do, you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

The keyless access transmitter mustbe inside the vehicle for the ignitionto work.



Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess System. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

To start the vehicle:

Starting Procedure

1. With the brake pedal applied,press the START button locatedon the instrument panel. SeeIgnition Positions on page 9‑16.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button andthe engine cranks automaticallyuntil it starts.

If the transmitter is not in thevehicle or something isinterfering with the transmitter,the Driver Information Center(DIC) will display NO REMOTEDETECTED. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

If the battery in the keylessaccess transmitter needsreplacing, the DIC displays

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY. The vehicle canstill be driven. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not start after5-10 seconds, especially in verycold weather (below −18°C or0°F), it could be flooded with toomuch gasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for up to15 seconds.

Notice: Cranking the engine forlong periods of time, by pressingthe START button immediatelyafter cranking has ended, canoverheat and damage thecranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.

When the engine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, do thesame thing. This clears the extragasoline from the engine.

The vehicle has aComputer-Controlled CrankingSystem. This feature assists instarting the engine and protectscomponents. Once cranking hasbeen initiated, the engine continuescranking for a few seconds or untilthe vehicle starts. If the engine doesnot start, cranking automaticallystops after 15 seconds to preventcranking motor damage. To preventgear damage, this system alsoprevents cranking if the engine isalready running.



Notice: If you add electrical partsor accessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipmenton page 9‑72.

Engine HeaterThe engine coolant heater,if available, can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18°C (0°F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the coolant heater at leastfour hours before starting thevehicle. An internal thermostat inthe plug end of the cord will preventengine coolant heater operation attemperatures above −18°C (0°F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated near the air cleaner.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ WARNING

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could cause anelectrical shock. Also, the wrongkind of extension cord couldoverheat and cause a fire. Youcould be seriously injured. Plugthe cord into a properly groundedthree-prong 110-volt AC outlet.If the cord will not reach, use aheavy-duty three-prong extensioncord rated for at least 15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engine parts.If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These accessories can be usedafter the engine is turned off:. Infotainment system (up to

10 minutes or driver door isopened).

. Power windows, sunroof(if equipped), and power outlets(up to 10 minutes or any door isopened).



Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake.

See Parking Brake onpage 9‑28.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by pushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑20. If you are towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑65.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal.

See if you can move the shift leveraway from P (Park) without firstpulling it toward you. If you can, itmeans that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weightof the vehicle puts too muchforce on the parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).



If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑65.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transmission shift lockcontrol system. The shift lockcontrol is designed to preventmovement of the shift lever out ofP (Park), unless the ignition is inON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑82.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press the START button.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ WARNING

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑20and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑22.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑65.



AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when you start the enginebecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.

{ WARNING

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑20 and DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tipson page 9‑65.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. You must fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before you canshift from P (Park) when the ignitionis in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift outof P (Park), ease pressure on theshift lever and push the shift leverall the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park onpage 9‑21.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse) onlyafter the vehicle is stopped.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.



At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck on page 9‑9 for additionalinformation.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. You can also use N (Neutral)when the vehicle is being towed.

{ WARNING

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If you need morepower for passing, and you are:. Going less than 35 mph

(55 km/h), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)or more, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding, see “Skidding” underLoss of Control on page 9‑5

Notice: Spinning the tires orholding the vehicle in one placeon a hill using only theaccelerator pedal may damagethe transmission. If you are stuck,do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Notice: Driving with the engine ata high rpm without upshiftingwhile using Driver Shift Control(DSC), could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using DSC.



Driver Shift Control (DSC) allowsyou to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever to theleft from D (Drive) toM (Manual Mode).

If you do not move the shift leverforward or rearward, the vehiclewill be in Sport Mode. When youare in Sport Mode the vehiclewill still shift automatically. Thetransmission may remain in agear longer than it would in thenormal driving mode based onbraking, throttle input, andvehicle lateral acceleration.

SPORT MODE ON will bedisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37. The word “sport” willdisplay below the odometer.The gear position will also beindicated in the tachometer.

Within Sport Mode there is afurther performance featurecalled Performance Mode LiftFoot (PMLF) Mode. The featureis activated automatically whensports oriented driving isdetected, based on corneringand on/off throttle application.PMLF allows the transmission tohold the current gear instead ofupshifting when the throttle islifted.

2. To enter M (Manual Mode), pressthe shift lever forward to upshiftor rearward to downshift.

An M will be displayed inthe DIC.

3. To return to Sport Mode fromM (Manual Mode), press andbriefly hold the shift leverforward.

Gear position is indicated in thebottom right corner of the displayarea in the instrument cluster. Thenumber indicates the requestedgear range when moving the shiftlever forward or rearward.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quickershifting. You can use this forsport driving or when climbing ordescending hills, to stay in gearlonger, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allowyou to shift into gears appropriatefor the vehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, the currently selected gearwill flash multiple times, indicatingthat the transmission has not shiftedgears.

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift when the vehicle comesto a stop. This will allow for morepower during take-off.



When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into secondgear. A higher gear ratio allows youto gain more traction on slipperysurfaces.

Fuel Economy ModeDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. For driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible, seeDriving for Better Fuel Economy onpage 1‑23.

The vehicle may have a fueleconomy mode. When engaged,fuel economy mode can improve thevehicle's fuel economy.

Pressing the eco button by the shiftlever will engage fuel economymode. When activated, the eco lightin the instrument cluster will comeon. See Fuel Economy Light onpage 5‑24. Pressing the button asecond time will turn fuel economymode off.

When fuel economy mode is on:. The transmission will upshift

sooner, and downshift later.. The torque converter will lock up

sooner, and stay on longer.. The gas pedal will be less

sensitive.. The vehicle's computers will

more aggressively shut off fuelto the engine under deceleration.

. The engine operates at lowerrpm's in fuel economy mode,which can increase noise andvibration. This is normal.



Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

When using a compact spare tireon an AWD vehicle, the systemautomatically detects the compactspare and disables AWD. To restoreAWD operation and preventexcessive wear on the system,replace the compact spare with afull-size tire as soon as possible.See Compact Spare Tire onpage 10‑81.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins todrive away, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5‑21.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.



Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

The vehicle has an ElectricParking Brake (EPB). The switchfor the EPB is in the centerconsole. The EPB can always beactivated, even if the ignition is off.

To avoid draining the battery, do notcycle the EPB too often without theengine running. The EPB can be leftapplied while the vehicle is parked.

The system has a parking brakestatus light and a parking brakewarning light. See Brake SystemWarning Light on page 5‑20. Thereare also three Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe parking brake status light toensure the parking brake is applied.



EPB Apply

The EPB can be applied any timethe vehicle is stopped. The EPB isapplied by momentarily lifting up onthe EPB switch. Once fully applied,the parking brake status light will beon. While the brake is being applied,the status light will flash until fullapply is reached. If the light doesnot come on, or remains flashing,you need to have the vehicleserviced. Do not drive the vehicle ifthe parking brake status light isflashing. See your dealer. SeeBrake System Warning Light onpage 5‑20.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is in motion, a chime willsound, and the DIC messageRELEASE PARKING BRAKEwill be displayed. The vehiclewill decelerate as long as theswitch is held in the up position.Releasing the EPB switch duringthe deceleration will release theparking brake. If the switch is held

in the up position until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB willremain applied.

If the parking brake status lightflashes continuously, the EPB isonly partially applied or released,or there is a problem with the EPB.The DIC message SERVICEPARKING BRAKE will be displayed.If this light flashes continuously,release the EPB, and attempt toapply it again. If this light continuesto flash, do not drive the vehicle.See your dealer.

If the parking brake warning light ison, the EPB has detected an errorin another system and is operatingwith reduced functionality. To applythe EPB when this light is on, lift upon the EPB switch and hold it in theup position. Full application of theparking brake by the EPB systemmay take a longer period of timethan normal when this light is on.Continue to hold the switch until theparking brake status light remainson. If the parking brake warning lightis on, see your dealer.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ifequipped) may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9‑37.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB, place theignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN position, apply and holdthe brake pedal, and push downmomentarily on the EPB switch.If you attempt to release the EPBwithout the brake pedal applied, achime will sound, and the DICmessage STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE will bedisplayed. The EPB is releasedwhen the parking brake status lightis off.



If the parking brake warning light ison, the EPB has detected an errorin another system and is operatingwith reduced functionality. Torelease the EPB when this light ison, push down on the EPB switchand hold it in the down position.EPB release may take a longerperiod of time than normal when thislight is on. Continue to hold theswitch until the parking brake statuslight is off. If the light is on, see yourdealer.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause prematurewear or damage to brake systemparts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and thebrake warning light is off beforedriving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑65.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driverin stopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement the

power brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this timeis normal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.The brake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.



Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driverreleases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) that limits wheel spin.On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, thesystem operates if it senses thatone or both of the front wheels arespinning or beginning to losetraction. On an All-Wheel-Drive(AWD) vehicle, the system willoperate if it senses that any of thewheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens,the system brakes the spinningwheel(s) and/or reduces enginepower to limit wheel spin.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working, but this isnormal.

TCS is on whenever the vehicle isstarted. To limit wheel spin,especially in slippery roadconditions, the system shouldalways be left on. But, TCS can beturned off if needed.

d flashes to indicate that thetraction control system is active.

If there is a problem detectedwith TCS, SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL and SERVICESTABILITRAK may be displayed onthe Driver Information Center (DIC)and d will be on. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑37.When this message is displayedand d comes on and stays on, thevehicle is safe to drive but thesystem is not operational. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.



Notice: Do not repeatedly brakeor accelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle's driveline couldbe damaged.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system by:

1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mph), seeyour dealer for service.

A chime may also sound when thelight comes on steady.

The g is located on the centerstack.

The TCS off light comes on toindicate that the traction controlsystem has been turned off.

TCS can be turned off by pressingand releasing g. When TCS is

turned off, i illuminates in theinstrument cluster and the systemwill not limit wheel spin. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly. TheTraction Control Off message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

Press and release g again to turn

the system back on. i goes out inthe instrument cluster. The TractionControl On message is displayed inthe DIC. See Ride Control SystemMessages on page 5‑37.

When TCS is turned off on AWDvehicles, the system may still makenoise. This is normal and necessarywith AWD hardware.

It may be necessary to turn thesystem off if the vehicle ever getsstuck in sand, mud, or snow androcking the vehicle is required. SeeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9.See also Winter Driving on page 9‑8for information on using TCS whendriving in snowy or icy conditions.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS activates, cruise control willautomatically disengage. Press thecruise control button to re-engagewhen road conditions allow. SeeCruise Control on page 9‑35.

Adding non-GM accessories canaffect the vehicle's performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 10‑3.



StabiliTrak® SystemThe vehicle has a vehicle stabilityenhancement system calledStabiliTrak. It is an advancedcomputer controlled system thatassists with directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure to thevehicle's brakes to help steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

StabiliTrak is on automaticallywhenever the vehicle is started. Toassist with directional control of thevehicle, the system should alwaysbe left on. Trailer Sway Control(TSC) is also on automatically whenthe vehicle is started. See TrailerSway Control (TSC) on page 9‑71.

When the stability control systemactivates, the Traction ControlSystem (TCS)/StabiliTrak lightwill flash on the instrument panel.This also occurs when tractioncontrol or TSC is activated. A noisemay be heard or vibration may befelt in the brake pedal. This isnormal. Continue to steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

If there is a problem detectedwith StabiliTrak, SERVICESTABILITRAK is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC)and d will stay on. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37. When this message isdisplayed and/or d comes on andstays on, the vehicle is safe to drive

but the system is not operational.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system by:

1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mph), seedealer for service.

g is located on the center stack.



Both StabiliTrak and TractionControl can be turned off if neededby pressing and holding g until gand i illuminate in the instrumentcluster. This will also disable theTSC feature. When StabiliTrak isturned off, the system will not assistwith directional control of the vehicleor limit wheel spin. Driving shouldbe adjusted accordingly. TheTraction Control Off message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

Press and release g again to turn

the systems back on. g and i goout in the instrument cluster. TheTraction Control On message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37.

If cruise control is being used whenStabiliTrak activates, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.Press the cruise control button tore-engage when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control onpage 9‑35.

Limited-Slip Rear AxleVehicles with a limited-slip rear axlecan give more traction on snow,mud, ice, sand, or gravel. Whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Thelimited-slip rear axle also gives thedriver enhanced control whencornering hard or completing amaneuver, such as a lane change.

Selective Ride ControlThe vehicle may have a ride controlsystem called Selective RideControl. The setting can be changedat any time. Based on roadconditions, steering wheel angle,and the vehicle speed, the systemautomatically adjusts to provide thebest handling while providing asmooth ride. The Tour and Sportmodes will feel similar on asmooth road.

Tour: Use for normal city andhighway driving. This settingprovides a smooth, soft ride.

Sport: Use where road conditionsor personal preference demandmore control. This setting providesmore “feel,” or response to roadconditions through increasedsteering effort and suspensioncontrol. Transmission shift pointsand shift firmness are alsoenhanced.



The vehicle is normally in the TourMode. To switch from Tour Mode toSport Mode, move the shift leverto the left while the transmissionis in D (Drive). Sport Mode isautomatically engaged when theshift lever is moved to the left.Moving the shift lever forward orrearward will put the transmission inthe Manual (M) Mode.

The Driver Information Center (DIC)will display SPORT MODE ONwhen the Sport Mode has beenactivated. When the shift lever ismoved to the right in D (Drive), thesystem will revert back to TourMode. See Manual Mode onpage 9‑24 under AutomaticTransmission.

If there is a problem detected withSelective Ride Control, SERVICESUSPENSION SYSTEM displayson the DIC. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑37.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

Cruise Control

{ WARNING

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. So, do not usethe cruise control on windingroads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

If the StabiliTrak® system beginsto limit wheel spin while usingcruise control, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeStabiliTrak® System on page 9‑33 orTraction Control System (TCS) onpage 9‑31. If a collision alert occurswhen cruise control is activated,cruise control is disengaged. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9‑50. When roadconditions allow the cruise control tobe safely used, you can apply thecruise control again.



J (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white cruisecontrol indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate): Movethe control up briefly to resume to apreviously set speed or to increasevehicle speed if the cruise control isalready activated.

SET− (Set/Coast): Move thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control or todecrease vehicle speed if the cruisecontrol is already activated.

* (Cancel): Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control button off when cruiseis not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Move the control down toSET− and release it.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, the greencruise control indicator appears onthe instrument cluster.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,move the control up toward +RESbriefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Move the control up toward

+RES and hold until the desiredspeed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall amounts, move the controlup toward +RES briefly and thenrelease it. Each time this isdone, the vehicle goes about1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.



Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Move the control toward

SET− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall amounts, move the controltoward SET− briefly. Each timethis is done, the vehicle goesabout 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal,the vehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep thevehicle speed down. If the brake isapplied, the cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are three ways to end cruisecontrol:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlFor vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.



If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the traction controlsystem (TCS) activates, the ACCwill automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control System (TCS) onpage 9‑31. When road conditionsallow ACC to be safely used, theACC can be turned back on.

{ WARNING

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving on page 9‑3.

{ WARNING

Adaptive Cruise Control will notdetect or brake for children,pedestrians, animals, or otherobjects.

Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.Adaptive Cruise Controlperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.



] (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on or off.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate): Movethe control up briefly to resume to apreviously set speed or to increasevehicle speed if the cruise control isalready activated.

SET– (Set/Coast): Move thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if the cruise control isalready activated.

* (Cancel): Press to disengageACC without erasing the set speedfrom memory.

3 (Follow Distance Gap): Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC. Select agap setting: Far, Medium, and Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control button off when cruiseis not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected in itspath slower than the set speed.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 40 km/h (25 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. Press].

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Move the control down toSET− and release it.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle iscloser than the selected follow gap.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the symbol will be lit.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.



To begin using ACC again, movethe control up toward +RES briefly.The vehicle returns to the previousset speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the accelerator to get to the

higher speed. Move the controltoward SET–, then release it andthe accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at thehigher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages on page 5‑31.

. Move the control toward +RESand hold until the desired setspeed appears on the display,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall amounts, move the controltoward +RES and then releaseit. Each time this is done, thevehicle goes 1.6 km/h (1 mph)faster.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle in front of your vehicleslower than the set speed, then thevehicle speed will increase to theset speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the brake to get to the

desired lower speed. Move thecontrol toward SET– and releasethe accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.

. Move the control towardSET− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall amounts, move the controltoward SET− briefly. Each timethis is done, the vehicle goesabout 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press3 on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.



Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System onpage 9‑50.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged driver action maybe required when:. ACC cannot apply sufficient

braking because of approachinga vehicle too rapidly.

. A temporary condition prohibitsACC from operating. SeeVehicle Messages on page 5‑30.

. A malfunction is detected in thesystem. See Vehicle Messageson page 5‑30.

When any of these conditions occur,a series of red collision alert lightswill flash on the windshield. Eithereight beeps will sound from thefront, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.See “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

See Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is locatedin the instrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path.



If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelights will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ WARNING

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle that it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:. The sensors are blocked.. There is no traffic and nothing to

detect on the side of the road.. There is a fault in the system.. The brakes get heated.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow time/distance gap behind a detectedvehicle and slow your vehicle to astop behind that vehicle.



If the vehicle ahead has drivenaway and ACC has not resumed,the vehicle ahead symbol will flashas a reminder. In addition, the leftand right sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse three times, or threebeeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resumeACC. If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking braketo hold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light willturn on. See Parking Brake onpage 9‑28. To resume ACC andrelease the electric parking brake,press the accelerator pedal andthen RES+.

{ WARNING

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ WARNING

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warningmessage will indicate that automaticbraking will not occur. See VehicleMessages on page 5‑30. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ WARNING

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.



Curves in the Road

{ WARNING

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ WARNING

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extra

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

attention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally providean alert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.



Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways to end ACC:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press].

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if ] ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the back ofthe rearview mirror and the radarsensors on the front of the vehiclecan become blocked by snow, ice,dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care on page 10‑89.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain orroad spray conditions.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ WARNING

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Drivingon page 9‑3.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingWhen the vehicle is in R (Reverse),the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) andRear Parking Assist may help thedriver to avoid a crash or to reducecrash damage while backing andparking. Some models may alsohave the Rear Automatic Brakingand Backing Warning System, RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and/orFront Parking Assist.



When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display.

{ WARNING

The RVC system does not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or any other objectlocated outside the camera's fieldof view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Perceiveddistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not back thevehicle using only the RVCscreen, during longer, higherspeed backing maneuvers,or where there could be crosstraffic. Failure to use proper carebefore backing may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Always check behind and aroundthe vehicle before backing.

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show where theUltrasonic Rear Parking Assist(URPA) has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to redand increases in size the closer theobject.

On vehicles with the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle withan arrow may also display on theRVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from either direction. Thissystem detects objects coming fromup to 22 m (65 ft) from the left orright side, behind the vehicle. Whenan object is detected, either threebeeps sound or three Safety AlertSeat pulses occur on the left or rightside, depending on the direction ofthe detected vehicle.



Use caution while changing laneswhen towing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

With URPA, as the vehicle backsup at speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper detect objects up to 2.5 m(8 ft) behind the vehicle that arewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.

{ WARNING

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check the

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

area around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster parkingassist display has bars that show“distance to object” and objectlocation information for URPA, andon some vehicles, for the FrontParking Assist system. As the objectgets closer, more bars light up.When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close

(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the rearor front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for Front Parking Assist arehigher pitched than for Rear ParkingAssist.

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the BackingWarning System, which is designedto help avoid or reduce the harmcaused by backing crashes. Thesystem can warn of rear objectswhen backing up at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when apotential object threat is firstdetected, or pulse twice on bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat. Whenthe system detects a potentialimminent crash, beeps will be heardfrom the rear, or five pulses will befelt on both sides of the Safety AlertSeat. There may also be a brief,sharp application of the brakes.



{ WARNING

The Backing Warning Systemonly operates at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph). It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.In some situations, such as athigher backing speeds, there maynot be enough time for the short,sharp application of the vehiclebrake system to occur. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with the Backing WarningSystem, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before backing.

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the RearAutomatic Braking system, which isdesigned to help avoid or reducethe harm caused by backingcrashes. If the system detects the

vehicle is backing too fast to avoid acrash with a detected object, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop.

{ WARNING

Rear Automatic Braking may notavoid many types of backingcrashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking, but only acts whenthe vehicle may not stop in time.The system, in some situations orenvironments, may not brake ormay not brake in time to avoid acrash. It does not detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,or objects below the bumper orthat are too close or too far fromthe vehicle. To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, evenwith Rear Automatic Braking,always check the area around thevehicle before and while backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releasethe Rear Automatic Braking. If thebrake pedal is not pressed withintwo seconds after the stop, theelectric parking brake is set. SeeParking Brake on page 9‑28 torelease the electric parking brake.When it is safe, pressing theaccelerator pedal firmly at any timewill override the Rear AutomaticBraking.

{ WARNING

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesiredautomatic braking occurs. If thishappens, either press the brakepedal or firmly press theaccelerator pedal to release thebrakes from the Rear AutomaticBraking system. Check the RVCscreen and check the areaaround the vehicle beforeproceeding.



Turn off parking assist and RearAutomatic Braking when towing atrailer.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button near the shift leveris used to turn on or off the Frontand Rear Parking Assist, RearAutomatic Braking, and BackingWarning System at the same time.The indicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

The Rear Vision Camera (RVC),parking assist symbols, guidancelines, and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) can be turned on or offthrough the Settings menu on theinfotainment system. To turn theRVC system, symbols, guidancelines, or RCTA on or off:

1. On the infotainment system,press the Settings screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Press Rear Camera Display,Park Assist Symbols, GuidanceLines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alertand then select OFF or ON.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle, Forward Collision Alert(FCA), Lane Departure Warning(LDW), Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), and/or the ActiveEmergency Braking System canhelp to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemThe FCA system may help to avoidor reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides aflashing alert on the windshield, andbeeps or pulses the Safety AlertSeat when approaching a vehicledirectly ahead too quickly. FCA alsoprovides a visual alert if followinganother vehicle much too closely.



FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control onpage 9‑37.

{ WARNING

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving on page 9‑3.

FCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. The vehicle-ahead indicatorwill display green when a vehicle isdetected in front. Vehicles may notbe detected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills; or due to poorvisibility. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ WARNING

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.



Collision Alert

When the vehicle is started, thisseries of red lights will come on toindicate the system is operating.When your vehicle approachesanother vehicle too rapidly, the redlights will flash on the windshield.Either eight beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. If acollision alert occurs when cruisecontrol is activated, cruise control isdisengaged.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

With Adaptive Cruise Control

Without Adaptive Cruise Control

Press the collision alert/followinggap button on the steering wheel toset the FCA timing to far, medium,near, or on some vehicles, off. Thefirst button press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting.The chosen setting will remain untilit is changed and will affect thetiming of both the Collision Alertand the Tailgating Alert features.



The timing of both alerts will varybased on vehicle speed. The fasterthe vehicle speed, the farther awaythe alert will occur. Consider trafficand weather conditions whenselecting the alert timing. The rangeof selectable alert timing may notbe appropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near)for the Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) feature.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor and the front ofthe vehicle may correct the issue.

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has theActive Emergency Braking System,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA) and the AutomaticCollision Preparation (ACP) System.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengagewhen the brake pedal is released orbrake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

{ WARNING

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.



Automatic CollisionPreparation (ACP) System

ACP may help reduce crashdamage by applying the vehicle’sbrake system and has a detectionrange of approximately 60 m(197 ft). Braking can only occur if avehicle is detected ahead. This isshown by the FCA vehicle-aheadindicator being lit. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System onpage 9‑50.

{ WARNING

ACP is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on ACP to brake thevehicle.

ACP may not:. Respond to stopped vehicles,pedestrians, or animals.

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Detect a stopped orslow-moving vehicle or otherobject ahead.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow. Inthese situations, ACP sensorperformance is limited.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Brake Preparation

When quickly approaching a vehicleahead, Brake Preparation reducesbrake response time by having thebrake system prepared for driverbraking to occur more rapidly.

Automatic Braking

In some imminent front-end crashsituations, if the driver has notapplied the brakes, AutomaticBraking applies the brakes to helpreduce crash damage. It may evenhelp avoid some crashes at very lowspeeds.

Automatic Braking may slow thevehicle to a complete stop to try toavoid a potential crash. If thishappens, Automatic Braking willengage the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle at a stop. A firmpress of the accelerator pedal willrelease Automatic Braking.

{ WARNING

Automatic Braking mayautomatically brake the vehiclein situations where it may beunnecessary. It could respondto a turning vehicle ahead,guardrails, signs, and othernon-moving objects. This could

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

be uncomfortable and startling. Tooverride Automatic Braking, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledor reduced through vehiclepersonalization. See the “AutoCollision Preparation” portion of“Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

{ WARNING

Using the Automatic CollisionPreparation System while towinga trailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system off when towinga trailer.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the Side Blind ZoneAlert system is a lane-changing aidthat assists drivers with avoidingcrashes that occur with vehicles inthe side blind zone (or spot) areas.

{ WARNING

SBZA does not detect vehiclesrapidly approaching outside of theside blind zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). This zone starts at each sidemirror and goes back approximately5 m (16 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.

Use caution while changing laneswhen towing a trailer, as the SBZAdetection zones that extend backfrom the side of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.



How the System Works

The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a vehicle in the side blindzone, indicating it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the SBZA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is moving forward, theleft- or right-side mirror display willlight up if a vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated and a vehicle is also

detected on the same side, thedisplay will flash as an extrawarning not to change lanes.

SBZA displays may come on whena passed vehicle remains in ordrops back into the detection zone.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. If SBZA is disabled bythe driver, the SBZA mirror displayswill not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the blind zone,especially in wet conditions. Thesystem does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does notneed service.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care onpage 10‑89. If the DIC still displaysthe SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE message aftercleaning the rear bumper corners,see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.



FCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW may help avoid crashes due tounintentional lane departures. It mayprovide a warning if the vehicle iscrossing a detected lane markerwithout using a turn signal. LDWuses a camera sensor to detect thelane markings. It only operates atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

When the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking, the LDWindicator will flash and either threebeeps will be sounded from the leftor right side, or three Safety AlertSeat pulses will occur on the left orright side of the seat, depending on

the lane departure direction. LDWwill not warn if the turn signal is onor if a sharp maneuver is made.

{ WARNING

The LDW system is an aid to helpthe vehicle stay in the drivinglane. It does not steer the vehicle.The LDW system may not:

. Provide enough time to avoida crash.

. Detect lane markings underbad weather conditions or ifthe windshield is dirty.

. Detect lane markings and willnot detect road edges.

. Warn that the vehicle iscrossing a lane marking if thesystem does not detect thelane marking.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of theroad, it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarker. Even with LDW, alwayskeep your attention on the roadand maintain proper vehicleposition within the lane, orvehicle damage, injury, or deathcould occur. Always keep thewindshield clean and do not useLDW in bad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @near the shift lever. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.



When the vehicle is started, theLDW indicator on the instrumentcluster will come on briefly.

If LDW is on and the vehicle istraveling at 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater, the LDW indicator willappear green if the system detectsa left or right lane marking. If thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking without using the turnsignal, this indicator will change toamber and flash. In addition, threebeeps will be sounded from the leftor right speaker, or the Safety AlertSeat will pulse three times on eitherthe left or right side of the seat,depending on the lane departuredirection.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

If the system is on and the vehiclespeed is 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater, and the LDW symbol doesnot appear:. The lane markings on the road

may not be seen.. The camera sensor may be

blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.. The weather may be limiting

visibility.

This is normal operation; the vehicledoes not need service.

If the LDW camera system does notseem to operate properly, cleaningthe outside of the windshield in frontof the camera sensor may correctthe issue.

A damaged windshield can alsoimpact the performance of thesystem. If the windshield isdamaged, it should be replaced.

Lane markings may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills; or due to poor visibility.

{ WARNING

If the LDW camera sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice,or if the headlamps are notcleaned or properly aimed,or if the windshield is dirty ordamaged, it may not detect thelanes ahead. LDW may not helpavoid a crash under theseconditions. Keep the headlampscleaned and properly aimed andthe windshield clean.

LDW warnings may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,or other road imperfections. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.



FuelUse of the recommended fuel isan important part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend usingTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has a yellow fuelcap, E85 or flex fuel can be usedin the vehicle. See Fuel E85(85% Ethanol) on page 9‑61.

Recommended FuelUse regular unleaded gasoline witha posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. If the octane rating is lessthan 87, an audible knocking noise,commonly referred to as sparkknock, might be heard when driving.If this occurs, use a gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher as soon aspossible. If heavy knocking is heardwhen using gasoline rated at87 octane or higher, the engineneeds service.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inflex fuel vehicles.

{ CAUTION

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines that arenot reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines with MMT as they canreduce spark plug life and affectemission control systemperformance. The malfunctionindicator lamp may turn on. If thisoccurs, see your dealer for service.



Gasoline SpecificationsAt a minimum, gasoline shouldmeet ASTM specification D 4814.Some gasolines contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See Fuel Additiveson page 9‑60.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance might

be affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle might fail a smog‐check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17. If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer for diagnosis.If it is determined that the conditionis caused by the type of fuel used,repairs might not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, or any other fuel notrecommended. Costly repairscaused by use of improper fuelwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are nowrequired to contain additives thathelp prevent engine and fuel systemdeposits from forming, allowing theemission control system to workproperly. In most cases, nothingshould have to be added to the fuel.However, some gasolines containonly the minimum amount ofadditive required to meet U.S.Environmental Protection Agencyregulations. To help keep fuelinjectors and intake valves cleanand avoid problems due to dirtyinjectors or valves, look for gasolinethat is advertised as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline. Look for theTOP TIER label on the fuel pump toensure gasoline meets enhanceddetergency standards developed bythe auto companies. A list ofmarketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com.



For customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,one bottle of Fuel System TreatmentPLUS, part number 88861013,added to the fuel tank at everyengine oil change, can help cleandeposits from fuel injectors andintake valves. GM Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines might beavailable in your area. Werecommend that you use thesegasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designed forthose fuels.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Some gasolines that arenot reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendantwhere you buy gasoline whether thefuel contains MMT. We recommendagainst the use of such gasolines.Fuels containing MMT can reducespark plug life and affect emissioncontrol system performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp mightturn on. If this occurs, return to yourdealer for service.

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)Vehicles that have a yellow fuel capcan use either unleaded gasolineor ethanol fuel containing up to85% ethanol (E85). For all othervehicles, use only the unleadedgasoline described underRecommended Fuel on page 9‑59.

We encourage the use of E85 invehicles that are designed to use it.The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable”fuel, meaning it is made fromrenewable sources such as cornand other crops.

Many service stations will not havean 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pumpavailable. The U.S. Department ofEnergy has an alternative fuelswebsite (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations/) that can help youfind E85 fuel. Those stations thatdo have E85 should have a labelindicating ethanol content. Do notuse the fuel if the ethanol content isgreater than 85%.



At a minimum, E85 should meetASTM Specification D 5798 orCGSB Specification 3.512. Fillingthe tank with fuel mixtures thatdo not meet ASTM or CGSBspecifications can affect driveabilityand could cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to come on. As theoutside temperature approachesfreezing, ethanol fuel distributorsshould supply winter grade ethanol,the same as with unleadedgasoline.

The starting characteristics ofE85 fuel make it unsuitable for usewhen temperatures fall below −18°C(0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to0°C (32°F), it may take more time tostart the engine.

E85 has less energy per liter(gallon) than gasoline, so you willneed to refill the fuel tank moreoften when using E85 than whenyou are using gasoline. See Fillingthe Tank on page 9‑62.

Notice: Some additives are notcompatible with E85 fuel and canharm the vehicle's fuel system.Do not add anything to E85.Damage caused by additiveswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

(Continued)



WARNING (Continued)

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly andwait for any hiss noise to stopthen unscrew the cap allthe way

The tethered fuel cap is locatedbehind a hinged fuel door on thepassenger side of the vehicle. Toopen the fuel door, push therearward center edge in and releaseand it will open.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise.

While refueling, hang the tetheredfuel cap from the hook on thefuel door.

When reinstalling the cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks once,otherwise the malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do nottop off or overfill the tank and wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care on page 10‑89.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks once. Makesure the cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑17.



{ WARNING

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If a new fuel cap isneeded, be sure to get the righttype of cap from your dealer. Thewrong type of fuel cap might notfit properly, might cause themalfunction indicator lamp tolight, and could damage the fueltank and emissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑17.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ WARNING

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment thathas been designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle on page 10‑85.For towing the vehicle behindanother vehicle such as a motorhome, see Recreational VehicleTowing on page 10‑85.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:. Become familiar with the state

and local laws that applyspecifically to trailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500miles), toprevent damage to the engine,axle or other parts.

. Then, during the first 800 km(500 miles) trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often.

. Do not use the Fuel EconomyMode when towing.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Automatic CollisionPreparation System should beset to “Off” when towing. SeeActive Emergency BrakingSystem on page 9‑53.

{ WARNING

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


. Also adjust the ClimateControl system to a settingthat brings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutCarbon Monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑22.



Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as thevehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires and mirrors. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to thevehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move your hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Notice: Making very sharp turnswhile trailering could cause thetrailer to come in contact with thevehicle. The vehicle could bedamaged. Avoid making verysharp turns while trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so thetrailer will not strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees or otherobjects. Use the turn signal well inadvance and avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers.



Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators on theinstrument panel flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailerlamps also flash, telling otherdrivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument panel flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to alower gear before starting down along or steep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might have to be used somuch that they would get hot and nolonger work well.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if the transmissionshifts too often.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, engine coolantboils at a lower temperature than atnormal altitudes. If the engine isturned off immediately after towingat high altitude on steep uphillgrades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating.To avoid this, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating on page 10‑18.

Parking on Hills

{ WARNING

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:. Start the engine.. Shift into a gear.. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.



3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. Seethe Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4. Things that areespecially important in traileroperation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil,axle lubricant, belts, cooling systemand brake system. Inspect thesebefore and during the trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheatingon page 10‑18.

Trailer TowingBefore pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:. The weight of the trailer. The weight of the trailer tongue. The total weight on the vehicle's

tires

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature andhow much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight iscalculated assuming only the driveris in the tow vehicle and it has allthe required trailering equipment.The weight of additional optionalequipment, passengers and cargo inthe tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.



Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

VehicleMaximum Trailer

Weight GCWR*Maximum Tongue

Weight

3.6L Engine, FWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 185 kg (7,022 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs)

3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 640 kg (8,025 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 270 kg (7,209 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices (U.S.and Canada) on page 13‑5 orCustomer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,

equipment, passengers or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10for more information about thevehicle's maximum load capacity.



If a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch is beingused, the trailer tongue (1) shouldweigh 10-15 percent of the totalloaded trailer weight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Trailering may be limited by thevehicle's ability to carry tongueweight. Tongue weight cannot causethe vehicle to exceed the GVWR

(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) orthe RGAWR (Rear Gross AxleWeight Rating). The effect ofadditional weight may reduce thetrailering capacity more than thetotal of the additional weight.

It is important that the vehicledoes not exceed any of itsratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,Maximum Trailer Rating or TongueWeight. The only way to be sure it isnot exceeding any of these ratingsis to weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Certification label or seeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.Make sure not to go over the GVWlimit for the vehicle, or the GAWR,including the weight of the trailertongue. If using a weight distributinghitch, make sure not to go over therear axle limit before applying theweight distribution spring bars.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

It is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by and rough roads area few reasons why the right hitch isneeded.. The rear bumper on the vehicle

is not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, then be sure to seal theholes later when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust onpage 9‑22.



Hitch Cover

The vehicle may have a hitch cover.To remove the hitch cover:

1. Turn the fasteners on the lowertabs 90 degreescounterclockwise.

2. Lift the lower edge of the coverabout 45 degrees.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upperattachments.

To reinstall the hitch cover:

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and pushthe upper tabs in the hitch coverinto the slots in the fascia.

2. Move the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower fascia slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Turn the fasteners on the lowertabs 90 degrees clockwise tolock the cover in place.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongueof the trailer to help prevent thetongue from contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack sothe rig can turn. Never allow safetychains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs morethan 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs tohave its own brake system that isadequate for the weight of thetrailer. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has anti-lockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If you do, both brakesystems will not work well, or at all.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)The vehicle has a Trailer SwayControl (TSC) feature as part of theStabiliTrak system. If TSC detectsthat the trailer is swaying, thevehicle's brakes are automaticallyapplied.



When TSC is applying the brakes,the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator lightflashes to notify the driver to reducespeed. If the trailer continues tosway, StabiliTrak will reduce enginetorque to help slow the vehicle.

TSC will not function if StabiliTrak isturned off. See StabiliTrak® Systemon page 9‑33.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Some electricalequipment can damage thevehicle or cause componentsto not work and would not becovered by the warranty. Alwayscheck with your dealer beforeadding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑31 and AddingEquipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑32.


Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-3

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-11Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-19Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-23Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-24

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-33Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Electrical SystemElectrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51


10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65

If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-81

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-85Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:


Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.


10-4 Vehicle Care

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non‐GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑32.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Informationon page 13‑17.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑31.


Vehicle Care 10-5

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records onpage 11‑16.

Notice: Even small amountsof contamination can causedamage to vehicle systems.Do not allow contaminants tocontact the fluids, reservoir caps,or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the release handle with theabove symbol on it. It is locatedbelow the instrument panel tothe left of the steering wheel.

2. Move the secondary hoodrelease lever up to release thestriker. The lever is located nearthe middle of the hood.

3. Lift the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps are on properly.


10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 10-7

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑11.

2. Power Steering Reservoir andCap (Under Engine Cover). SeePower Steering Fluid onpage 10‑19.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil on page 10‑8.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out ofView). See Engine Oil onpage 10‑8.

5. Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

6. Transmission Fluid Cap andDipstick (Out of View). SeeAutomatic Transmission Fluid onpage 10‑11.

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes on page 10‑20.

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant on page 10‑14.

9. Battery (Out of View). SeeBattery on page 10‑23.

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑82.

11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal(Out of View). See JumpStarting on page 10‑82.

12. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10‑35.

13. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluidon page 10‑20.

Engine Cover

1. Oil Fill Cap

2. Engine Cover Bolt

3. Engine Cover

To remove:

1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).

2. Remove the engine coverbolt (2).

3. Raise the engine cover (3) torelease from the retainers.


10-8 Vehicle Care

4. Lift and remove the enginecover.

5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstallengine cover.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engineoil. Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System on page 10‑10.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine oil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ WARNING

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean itwith a paper towel or cloth, thenpush it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping the tipdown, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2.


Vehicle Care 10-9

Notice: Do not add too much oil.Oil levels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find thatyou have an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engineoils with the dexos1® approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos1approved certification mark. Thiscertification mark indicates that theoil has been approved to the dexos1specification.

Notice: Failure to use therecommended engine oil orequivalent can result in enginedamage not covered by the

vehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold startingfor the engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section for moreinformation.


10-10 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages on page 5‑33.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.


Vehicle Care 10-11

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27. When remainingoil life is low, the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. SeeEngine Oil Messages onpage 5‑33.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controlsand hold SEL down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidA transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule on page 11‑4, and besure to use the fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.


10-12 Vehicle Care

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Inspect the air cleaner/filter at thescheduled maintenance intervalsand replace it at the first oil changeafter each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)interval. See Maintenance Scheduleon page 11‑4. If driving in dusty/dirtyconditions, inspect the filter at eachengine oil change.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

To inspect the air cleaner/filter,remove the filter from the vehicleand lightly shake the filter to releaseloose dust and dirt. If the filterremains covered with dirt, a newfilter is required. Never usecompressed air to clean the filter.

1. Air Duct Clamp

2. Electrical Connector

3. Retaining Clips

1. Cover Cut Outs

2. Air Filter Tabs

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

2. Locate the air filter housing onthe front of the passenger sideof the engine compartment. SeeEngine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6.

3. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air duct clamp (1).


Vehicle Care 10-13

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2). First, remove theconnector lock clip located at thebottom of the connector, thenpress on the top and bottom ofthe connector to remove.

5. Lift the 3 retaining clips (3) onthe air filter housing.

6. Tilt and lift the cover slightlyupwards and slide the coveraway from outside edge of thevehicle. Remove the air filter.

7. To install the air filter, place filterinside box where the pleats fit inbetween the tabs located insidethe lower box. Ensure that thecover cut outs (1) on both sidesmatch the air filter tabs (2) onboth sides.

8. Replace air cleaner cover byinserting the 4 tabs into the4 slots. Lower cover to meetbottom of box. Place the3 retaining clips (3) on retentionfeatures and clip closed.

9. Reconnect outlet duct to coverand tighten the air ductclamp (1).

10. Reconnect the electricalconnector (2). Install connectorlock clip to bottom ofconnector.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter isoff, dirt can easily get into theengine, which could damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filterin place when you are driving.

Notice: Installing an aircleaner different than the onerecommended in MaintenanceReplacement Parts may causeengine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Cooling System

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap


10-14 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should bebetween the MIN and MAX lines.If it is not, the vehicle may have aleak at the radiator hoses, heaterhoses, radiator, water pump,or somewhere else in the coolingsystem.

{ WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if theengine cooling fan is running. If theengine is overheating, the fanshould be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off theengine.

Notice: Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner, at 50 000 km (30,000mi)or 24months, whichever occursfirst. Any repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use DEX-COOL(silicate-free) coolant in thevehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicleis filled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant needs tobe checked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10‑18.


Vehicle Care 10-15

What to Use

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Notice: If improper coolantmixture, inhibitors, or additivesare used in the vehicle coolingsystem, the engine couldoverheat and be damaged. Toomuch water in the mixture canfreeze and crack engine coolingparts. The repairs would not becovered by the warranty. Useonly the proper mixture of enginecoolant for the cooling system.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring iton the ground, or into sewers,streams, or bodies of water. Havethe coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


10-16 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at theindicated mark, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem is cool before this is done.See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑18.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑6.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Notice: This vehicle has aspecific coolant fill procedure.Failure to follow this procedurecould cause the engine tooverheat and be severelydamaged.

If no problem is found, check tosee if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If coolant isvisible but the coolant level is notat the indicated level mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant atthe coolant surge tank, but be surethe cooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ WARNING

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.


Vehicle Care 10-17

Notice: In cold weather, watercan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core and otherparts. Use the recommendedcoolant and the proper coolantmixture.

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If you heara hiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still left tobe vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Then keep turning the pressurecap slowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiator hosegetting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surge tankuntil the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.


10-18 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the pressure cap is nottightly installed, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature warning light on thevehicle's instrument panel. SeeEngine Coolant Temperature Gaugeon page 5‑13.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,but instead get service help rightaway. See Roadside Service(Mexico) on page 13‑7 or RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑11.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engineand have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Running the enginewithout coolant may causedamage or a fire. Vehicle damagewould not be covered by thewarranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ WARNING

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Stops after high-speed driving


Vehicle Care 10-19

. Idles for long periods in traffic

. Tows a trailer

If the overheat warning displays withno sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. In heavy traffic, let the engineidle in N (Neutral) while stopped.If it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gaugeis no longer in the overheat zone oran overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normally.

If the warning continues, pullover, stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idlethe engine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Power Steering Fluid

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for reservoir location.

When to Check Power SteeringFluid

It is not necessary to regularlycheck power steering fluid unless aleak is suspected in the system orunusual noise is heard. A fluid loss

in this system could indicate aproblem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.

How to Check Power SteeringFluid

To check the power steering fluid:

1. Turn the engine off and let theengine compartment cool down.

2. Remove the engine cover,if required. See Engine Cover onpage 10‑7.

3. Wipe the cap and the top of thereservoir clean.

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe thedipstick with a clean rag.

5. Replace the cap and completelytighten it.

6. Remove the cap again and lookat the fluid level on the dipstick.

The level should be within theHOT mark. If necessary, add onlyenough fluid to bring the level withinthe mark.


10-20 Vehicle Care

What to Use

To determine what kind of fluid touse, see Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13. Alwaysuse the proper fluid.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature mayfall below freezing, use a fluid thathas sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

The WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID message appears on theDriver Information Center (DIC)when the fluid level is low.

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluidup to the fill mark. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for reservoir location.

Notice. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows forfluid expansion if freezingoccurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes. Discbrake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.


Vehicle Care 10-21

{ WARNING

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads could resultin costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might berequired.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,

installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for the location of thereservoir.


10-22 Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brakehydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ WARNING

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑20.

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ WARNING

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake hydraulic system, thebrakes might not work well. Thiscould cause a crash. Always usethe proper brake fluid.

Notice. Using the wrong fluidcan badly damage brakehydraulic system parts. Forexample, just a few drops ofmineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brakehydraulic system candamage brake hydraulicsystem parts so badly thatthey will have to be replaced.Do not let someone put inthe wrong kind of fluid.


Vehicle Care 10-23

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash it offimmediately.

BatteryRefer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for battery location.

{ WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑82 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requirechanging or checking unless thereis a fluid leak or unusual noise.If required, have the transfer caseserviced by your dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.


10-24 Vehicle Care

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Parking Brake onpage 9‑28.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Parking Brake onpage 9‑28.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.


Vehicle Care 10-25

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.. To check the parking brake's

holding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

It is a good idea to clean or replacethe wiper blade assembly on aregular basis or when worn. Forproper windshield wiper bladelength and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑15.

Notice: Allowing the wiper arm totouch the windshield when nowiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would not becovered by your warranty. Do notallow the wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the wiper bladeassembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middle ofthe wiper arm connector, andpull the wiper blade away fromthe arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.


10-26 Vehicle Care

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward the wiperblade tip to unhook it from theblade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down to secure.

To remove the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from thewindshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 10-27

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10‑33.

For any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ WARNING

The high intensity dischargelighting system operates at a veryhigh voltage. If you try to serviceany of the system components,you could be seriously injured.Have your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

Headlamps

Base Headlamp Assembly (RearView Passenger Side)

1. Low-Beam Headlamp/DaytimeRunning Lamp (DRL)

2. High-Beam Headlamp

3. Turn Signal Lamp


10-28 Vehicle Care

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (RearView Driver Side)

1. High/Low-Beam Headlamp (Tobe replaced at dealer only)

2. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)

3. Turn Signal Lamp

Driver Side

The removal of the underhoodelectrical center is required for thereplacement of one of these bulbs:


{ WARNING

Liquids from environment orspillage and/or tools placed ontop of or used in the underhoodelectrical center while the cover isremoved can pose a risk ofelectrical shock/burn to anyone inthe vicinity. These conditions canalso cause damage to electricalcomponents on the vehicle. Keepliquids and tools away from theunderhood electrical center whenthe cover is removed.

2. Unlatch three clips and lift up theunderhood electrical centercover to remove.

Passenger Side

The removal of the air filter/cleanerassembly and base is required forthe replacement of one of thesebulbs:


2. Remove the air cleaner/filtercover. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑11.


Vehicle Care 10-29

3. Lift the air cleaner/filter base todisengage from the three pins.

Low-Beam Headlamps/DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL),High-Beam Headlamps (Base)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, remove thetop cap to replace the low-beamheadlamp/DRL bulb.

2. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, remove thebottom cap to replace thehigh-beam headlamp bulb.

3. Disconnect electrical connector.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly.

5. Replace the bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket in theheadlamp assembly.

7. Connect the electrical connector.

8. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in the backof the headlamp assembly.

9. For driver side, reinstall theunderhood electrical centercover by latching three clips.

10. For passenger side, reinstallthe air filter/cleaner assemblybase by pushing to seat. Verifythe base is seated securely,then install the engine air filter/cleaner assembly.

High/Low-Beam Headlamps(Uplevel)

The high/low beam headlamps onthe uplevel are High IntensityDischarge (HID) and should bereplaced at the dealer.


10-30 Vehicle Care

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)(Uplevel)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, remove thebottom cap to replace theDRL bulb.

2. Disconnect electrical connector.

3. Remove the DRL bulb socketfrom the headlamp assembly.



6. Connect the electrical connector.

7. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in the backof the headlamp assembly.


9. For passenger side, reinstall theair filter/cleaner assembly baseby pushing to seat . Verify thebase is seated securely, theninstall the engine air filter/cleaner assembly.

Front Turn Signal Lamp (Baseand Uplevel)

To replace the Front TurnSignal Lamp:

1. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb from the socket.




6. For passenger side, reinstall theair filter/cleaner assembly baseby pushing to seat . Verify thebase is seated securely, theninstall the engine air filter/cleaner assembly.


Vehicle Care 10-31

Turn Signal LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑13.

2. Remove the push pin (1) on thetaillamp cover (2).

3. Remove the taillamp cover fromthe lamp assembly by pullingrearward from the top tounfasten the snap tabs.

4. Remove the two screws from thetaillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.

6. Turn the turn signal lamp bulbsocket counterclockwise toremove it from the taillampassembly.

7. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.

8. Press a new bulb into thesocket, insert it into the taillampassembly, and turn the bulbsocket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.


10-32 Vehicle Care

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

Back-Up LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:


2. Remove the push pin (1) on thetaillamp cover (2).

3. Remove the taillamp cover fromthe lamp assembly by pullingrearward from the top tounfasten from the snap tabs.

4. Remove the two screws from thetaillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.

6. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the back-up bulb/socket assembly.

7. Turn the back-up bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the taillamp assembly.

8. Install a new bulb/socketassembly into the taillampassembly, and turn the bulb/socket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.


Vehicle Care 10-33

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:


Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

2. Push the left end of the lampassembly towards the right.

3. Turn the lamp assembly down toremove from liftgate.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove fromlamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket andturn the bulb socket clockwise toinstall into lamp assembly.

7. Turn the lamp assembly into theliftgate engaging the clip sidefirst.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back-up Lamp HyperclickPH16W

DaytimeRunning Lamp

7443 ULL

HeadlampHigh-Beam

9005LL

HeadlampLow-Beam

H11LL

License Plate Lamp W5WLL

Turn Signal Front 7444NA

Tail/TurnSignal Rear

7440

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.


10-34 Vehicle Care

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10‑35, Instrument Panel FuseBlock on page 10‑37, and RearCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10‑39.


Vehicle Care 10-35

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockTo remove the fuse block cover,press the clips on the cover and liftit straight up.

Notice: Spilling liquid on anyelectrical component on thevehicle may damage it. Alwayskeep the covers on any electricalcomponent.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

J-CaseFuses

Usage

6 Wiper

12 Vacuum Pump

J-CaseFuses

Usage

24 Antilock BrakeSystem Pump

25 Rear ElectricalCenter 1


10-36 Vehicle Care

J-CaseFuses

Usage

26 Rear ElectricalCenter 2

41 Cooling Fan 2

42 Starter

45 Cooling Fan 1

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Engine ControlModule Battery

2 TransmissionControl ModuleBattery

5 Engine ControlModule Run Crank

7 Post–CatalyticConverter O2Sensor

8 Pre–CatalyticConverter O2Sensor

Mini Fuses Usage

9 Engine ControlModule Powertrain

10 Fuel Injectors–Even

11 Fuel Injectors-Odd

13 Washer

14 Heated SteeringWheel

15 Heads Up Display

16 Instrument Cluster/Malfunction IndicatorLamp/Ignition

17 Air Quality Sensor

18 Headlamp Washer

19 TransmissionControl Module RunCrank

20 Rear ElectricalCenter Run Crank

30 Switch Back Light

Mini Fuses Usage

32 Battery Sense(Regulated VoltageControl)

33 Adaptive ForwardLighting/AdaptiveHeadlamp LevelingModule

34 Body ControlModule 7

35 Electronic BrakeControl Module

36 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

46 Low-BeamHeadlamp-Right

47 Low-BeamHeadlamp-Left

50 Front Fog Lamps

51 Horn

52 Fuel System ControlModule

53 Headlamp Level


Vehicle Care 10-37

Mini Fuses Usage

54 Sensing DiagnosticModule Ignition

55 High-BeamHeadlamp-Right

56 High-BeamHeadlamp-Left

57 Ignition SteeringColumn Lock

65 Trailer RightStoplamp

66 Trailer Left Stoplamp

67 Spare

68 Spare

69 Spare

70 Spare

71 Spare

72 Spare

Mini Relays Usage

7 Powertrain

9 Cooling Fan 2

13 Cooling Fan 1

15 Run/Crank

MicroRelays

Usage

2 Vacuum Pump

4 Wiper Control

5 Wiper Speed

10 Starter

12 Cool Fan 3

14 Low Beam/HID

U MicroRelays

Usage

3 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

8 Headlamp Washer

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block islocated in the center consolebetween the driver and passengerseats. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door from thepassenger side by pulling it out.

To reinstall the door, push the doorback into its original location.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays andfeatures shown.


10-38 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Mini Fuses Usage

DISPLY Display

S/ROOF Sunroof

RVC MIRR Rear VisionCamera Mirror

UHP UniversalHandsfree Phone

RDO Radio

APO –IP/CNSL

Auxiliary PowerOutlet – InstrumentPanel/Console

APO – CNSL Auxiliary PowerOutlet – FloorConsole

BCM 1 Body ControlModule 3



ONSTAR OnStar® System (IfEquipped)


Vehicle Care 10-39

Mini Fuses Usage

RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor


ESCL Electronic SteeringColumn Lock

AIRBAG Sensing andDiagnostic Module

DLC Data LinkConnector

IPC Instrument Cluster

STRWHL SW

Steering WheelSwitch



AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio

HVAC Heating Ventilation& Air Conditioning

J-CaseFuses

Usage


FRT BLWR Front Blower

Relays Usage

LOGIC RLY/SHUNT

Logistics Relay/Shunt

RAP/ACCY RLY

RetainedAccessory Power/Accessory Relay

Breakers Usage

HTR DR Heated Driver Seat

HTR PAS HeatedPassenger Seat

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block islocated in the cargo area, on thedriver side of the vehicle behind thelower trim panel. To open, turn thelatch with a flat bladed tool and pullthe trim panel from the edges to foldit down.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.


10-40 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

Fuses Usage

SPAREFUSES

Spare Fuses

AOS MDL Automatic OccupantSensing Module

SPARE Not Used

SPARE Not Used

DLC2 Data LinkConnector 2

PASS DRWDO SW

Passenger DoorWindow Switch

DRVPWR SEAT

Driver Power Seat

PASS DRPWR SEAT

Passenger/DriverPower Seats

MDL TRLR Trailer Module

RPA MDL Rear Parking AssistModule

RDM Rear Drive Module

PRKLPS TRLR

Trailer Park Lamps


Vehicle Care 10-41

Fuses Usage

FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

* SEC Security

INFOTMNT Infotainment

* TRLR EXP Trailer Export

REAR/WPR Rear Wiper

MIRWDO MDL

Mirror WindowModule

VICS Vehicle InformationCommunicationsSystem (Export)

CNSTRVENT

Canister Vent

LGMLOGIC

Liftgate ModuleLogic

CAMERA Rear Vision Camera

FRTVENT SEAT

Front VentilatedSeats

TRLR Trailer Module

Fuses Usage

SADS MDL Semi ActiveDamping SystemModule

REARHTD SEAT

Rear Heated Seats

FRTHTD SEAT

Front Heated Seats

SPARE Spare

* L/GATE Liftgate

SHUNT Shunt

REARDEFOG

Rear Defog

* BCMTHEFT

Body ControlModule Theft

* TRLR 2 Trailer 2

UGDO Universal GarageDoor Opener

RT WDO Right Window

PRKBRK MDL

Park Brake Module

SPARE Not Used

Fuses Usage

WNDO Power Window

IGN/THEFT 1

Ignition/Theft 1

LGM Liftgate Module

IGN/THEFT 2

Ignition/Theft 2

EOCM/SBZA

External ObjectCalculating Module/Side Blind ZoneAlert

HTD MIR Heated Mirror

AUX PWR Auxiliary PowerOutlet

Relays Usage

SPARE Not Used

* FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

WPRCONTRL

Wiper Control

* RUN RLY Run Relay


10-42 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage

LOGIC Logistic Relay(Export)

DEFOGREAR

Rear WindowDefogger

*Denotes uplevel content.

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ WARNING

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowoutand a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-43

WARNING (Continued)

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire service

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

center should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation onpage 10‑52 for inflation pressureadjustment for high-speeddriving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires on page 10‑44.


10-44 Vehicle Care

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not, originally,equipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on snow or ice-coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires onpage 10‑59.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:. Use tires of the same brand and

tread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special treadand compound will decreaseperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. We recommendinstalling winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving in coldtemperatures or on snow or icecovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires on page 10‑44.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size: The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,


Vehicle Care 10-45

and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture: The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The firsttwo digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code arethe Tire Identification Number(TIN). The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑62.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


10-46 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material: Thetype of cord and number of pliesin the sidewall and under thetread.

(2) Temporary Use Only: Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire on page 10‑81 and If a TireGoes Flat on page 10‑65.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code arethe Tire Identification Number(TIN). The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation: Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure onpage 10‑51.

(6) Tire Size: A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.


Vehicle Care 10-47

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width: The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code: A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter Dmeans diagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.


10-48 Vehicle Care

(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inchof the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight: Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examplesof optional accessories areautomatic transmission, powersteering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be madefrom steel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10‑51.

Curb Weight: The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.


Vehicle Care 10-49

DOT Markings: A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10.

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.


10-50 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10‑51 andVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tireson page 10‑59.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards): A tireinformation system thatprovides consumers withratings for a tire's traction,temperature, and treadwear.

Ratings are determined bytire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading onpage 10‑62.

Vehicle Capacity Weight:The number of designatedseating positions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and theoriginal equipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.


Vehicle Care 10-51

See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑10.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Neither tireunderinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:. Unusual wear.. Poor handling.. Rough ride.. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on thevehicle indicates the originalequipment tires and the correctcold tire inflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire on page 10‑81.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).


10-52 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Return the valve caps on thevalve stems to prevent leaksand keep out dirt and moisture.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ WARNING

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, puts anadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.You could have a crash and youor others could be killed. Somehigh-speed rated tires requireinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed operation. Whenspeed limits and road conditionsare such that a vehicle can bedriven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, in excellent condition,and set to the correct cold tireinflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/65R18,P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph)or higher. Set the cold inflationpressure to the maximum inflationpressure shown on the tire sidewall,or 260 kPa (38 psi), whichever islower. Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10 and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑51.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, nearthe rim flange. It will readsomething like this: Maximum load690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.


Vehicle Care 10-53

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare(if provided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

pressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS isnot a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑54.


10-54 Vehicle Care

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules andwith Industry CanadaStandards

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)Rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tiresare inflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed.

For additional information anddetails about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10, for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10‑51.


Vehicle Care 10-55

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but itdoes not replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspectionon page 10‑57, Tire Rotation onpage 10‑57 and Tires onpage 10‑42.

Notice: Tire sealant materials arenot all the same. A non-approvedtire sealant could damage theTPMS sensors. TPMS sensordamage caused by using anincorrect tire sealant is notcovered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use onlythe GM-approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑67 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensorsare missing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10‑59.


10-56 Vehicle Care

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,

using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to matchthe first tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match allfour tire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions on page 9‑16.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can beturned on and off through theSettings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

4. Use the five-way DIC control onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under theDIC info page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonlocated in the center of thefive-way DIC control.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.


Vehicle Care 10-57

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Press STOP to turn theignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.


10-58 Vehicle Care

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 10‑59and Wheel Replacement onpage 10‑64.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure on page 10‑51and Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10‑54.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications onpage 12‑2.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.


Vehicle Care 10-59

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one wayto tell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection on page 10‑57 and TireRotation on page 10‑57.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if itis never used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommendsthat tires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced aftersix years, regardless of tread wear.The tire manufacturer date is thelast four digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) whichis molded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) andthe last two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight to

slow aging. This area should befree of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification (TPCSpec) system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.


10-60 Vehicle Care

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling on page 10‑44.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.

If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation on page 10‑57 forinformation on proper tirerotation. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertire's maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ WARNING

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ WARNING

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.


Vehicle Care 10-61

{ WARNING

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑53.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ WARNING

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safetyif tires not recommended forthose wheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10‑59 and Accessories andModifications on page 10‑3.


10-62 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tiresby treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewallsof most passenger car tires.

The Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) system doesnot apply to deep tread, wintertires, compact spare tires, tireswith nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating basedon the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlledconditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as atire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations indriving habits, service practicesand differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.


Vehicle Care 10-63

Traction – AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature – A, B, C

The temperature grades areA (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can causethe material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire is

established for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingwill not be necessary on a regularbasis. However, check thealignment if there is unusual tirewear or if the vehicle is pulling toone side or the other. If the vehiclevibrates when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.


10-64 Vehicle Care

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ WARNING

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheel canalso cause problems with bearinglife, brake cooling, speedometeror odometer calibration,headlamp aim, bumper height,vehicle ground clearance, and tireor tire chain clearance to thebody and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


Vehicle Care 10-65

Tire Chains

{ WARNING

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination androad conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tireson page 10‑42. If air goes out of atire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. But if there is ever ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gentlybrake to a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.


10-66 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and gettingunder it to do maintenance orrepairs is dangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑5.

{ WARNING

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire.To help prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks on bothsides of the tire at theopposite corner of the tirebeing changed.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructionsbelow. Then see Tire Changing onpage 10‑75. To use the tire sealantand compressor kit, see TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑67.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1).

1. Wheel Block

2. Flat Tire


Vehicle Care 10-67

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑22.

{ WARNING

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ WARNING

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealantand compressor kit, there may notbe a spare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It canalso be used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service(Mexico) on page 13‑7 or RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑11.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


10-68 Vehicle Care

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air orAir Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge

4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tire Sealant Canister

6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

7. Air Only Hose (Black)

8. Power Plug

9. Canister Release Button (UnderSealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister.The sealant canister should bereplaced before its expiration date.

Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


Vehicle Care 10-69


2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge





8. Power Plug


When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑65 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑74.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.


10-70 Vehicle Care

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑51.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Notice: If the recommendedpressure cannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService (Mexico) on page 13‑7 orRoadside Service (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑11.


Vehicle Care 10-71

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,therefore, Steps 12–18 mustbe done immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Service (Mexico)on page 13‑7 or RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑11.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.


10-72 Vehicle Care

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor toinflate a tire with air only and notsealant:


2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge





8. Power Plug


If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑65 for other importantsafety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑74.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) andthe power plug (8).


Vehicle Care 10-73

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7) ontothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can befound on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑51.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressorkit as it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem, byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.


10-74 Vehicle Care

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove the canister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit

This vehicle may have a tiresealant and compressor kit in placeof a jack or spare tire. It is locatedin a foam container in the rearcompartment storage area. If thevehicle has a cargo cover, seeCargo Management System onpage 4‑4 for instructions on howto access the tire sealant andcompressor kit.


Vehicle Care 10-75

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Extension

2. Jack

3. Wheel Wrench

4. Wing Nut

To access the spare tire and tools:


2. Press on the bottom of thehandle assembly to unlatch itand lift up on the handle.

The prop rod locks into placewhen open.

3. Remove the spare tire cover.

4. Remove the rubber cover.


10-76 Vehicle Care

5. Remove the nut retaining thespare tire.

6. Remove the spare tire and placeit next to the tire being changed.

7. Remove the wing nut.

8. Remove the extension, jack, andwheel wrench and place themnear the tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Take off the wheel cover or centercap, if the vehicle has one, to reachthe wheel bolts.

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat on page 10‑65 for moreinformation.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

Do not try to remove plastic capsfrom the cover or center cap.

3. Pull the cover or center capaway from the wheel. Store thewheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Notice: Make sure that the jacklift head is in the correct positionor you may damage your vehicle.The repairs would not be coveredby your warranty.


Vehicle Care 10-77

6. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flat tire.

The jacking location is indicatedby a V-shaped notch in theplastic molding. The jack mustnot be used in any otherposition.

7. Insert the hooked end of theextension handle through thejack and the flat end through thewheel wrench.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ WARNING

Raising the vehicle with thejack improperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and gettingunder it to do maintenance orrepairs is dangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.


10-78 Vehicle Care

8. Turn the extension with thewheel wrench clockwise to raisethe jack lift head until the jackjust fits under the vehicle.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise until theslots in the jack head fit into themetal flange located behind thetriangle on the plastic moulding.

Notice: Using a jack to raise thevehicle without positioning itcorrectly could damage yourvehicle. When raising yourvehicle on a jack, be sure toposition it correctly under theframe and avoid contact with theplastic molding.

10. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.


Vehicle Care 10-79

12. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

15. Lower the vehicle byturning the jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ WARNING

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2 fororiginal equipment wheel nuttorque specifications.

Notice: Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to brakepulsation and rotor damage. Toavoid expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel nuts inthe proper sequence and to theproper torque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2 for the wheel nuttorque specification.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.


10-80 Vehicle Care

17. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel coveror center cap on the full-size tire,tighten all six plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Notice: Wheel covers will not fiton the vehicle's compact spare.If you try to put a wheel cover onthe compact spare, the cover orthe spare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ WARNING

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat or spare tire andtools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑13 for moreinformation.

2. Put back all tools as they werestored in the rear storagecompartment and put thecompartment cover back on. Formore information, see “Storingthe Compact Spare Tire andTools” next in this section.

3. Install the cargo cover. Formore information, see CargoManagement System onpage 4‑4.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

5. Attach the strap to the cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-81

6. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

7. Attach the strap to the othercargo tie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

8. Tighten the strap.

9. Replace the rubber cover.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ WARNING

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible andcheck that the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed andit is recommended that the vehicle

speed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

Notice: When the compact spareis installed, do not take thevehicle through an automatic carwash with guide rails. Thecompact spare can get caught onthe rails which can damage thetire, wheel, and other parts of thevehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Notice: Tire chains will not fitthe compact spare. Using themcan damage the vehicle and thechains. Do not use tire chains onthe compact spare.


10-82 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery onpage 10‑23.

If the vehicle battery has run down,you may want to use anothervehicle and some jumper cables tostart your vehicle. Be sure to usethe following steps to do it safely.

{ WARNING

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damage tothe vehicle that would not becovered by the warranty.

Trying to start the vehicle bypushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal

2. Remote Negative (−) Terminal

Your vehicle is equipped with aremote positive (+) terminal (1) anda remote negative (−) terminal (2).

The remote positive (+) terminal islocated in the engine compartmenton the driver side of the vehicle,above the rear of the battery.The remote negative (−) terminalis a stud located in the enginecompartment on the driver side ofthe vehicle, on the front tie bar. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10‑6.

To uncover the remote positive (+)terminal, lift open the access panelon the battery cover indicated bythe (+) sign.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Notice: Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jumpstarting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.


Vehicle Care 10-83

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables can reach,but be sure the vehicles arenot touching each other. If theyare, it could cause a groundconnection you do not want. Youwould not be able to start yourvehicle, and the bad groundingcould damage the electricalsystems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put the transmissionin P (Park) before setting theparking brake.

Notice: If any accessories are lefton or plugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible,turn off or unplug all accessorieson either vehicle when jumpstarting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or the accessorypower outlet. Turn off the radioand all lamps that are notneeded. This will avoid sparks,helping save both batteries andthe radio.

4. Open the hood on the othervehicle and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminal locations on thatvehicle.

Open the hood on your vehicleand find the remote positive (+)and remote negative (−) jumpstarting terminals.

{ WARNING

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ WARNING

Using an open flame near abattery can cause battery gas toexplode. People have been hurtdoing this, and some have beenblinded. Use a flashlight if youneed more light.

Be sure the battery has enoughwater. You do not need to addwater to the battery installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it is low,add water to take care of thatfirst. If you do not, explosive gascould be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


10-84 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehicles couldalso be damaged.

Before you connect the cables,here are some basic thingsyou should know. Positive (+)will go to positive (+) or to aremote positive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one. Negative (−)will go to a heavy, unpaintedmetal engine part or to a remotenegative (−) terminal if thevehicle has one.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or you will get ashort that would damage thebattery and maybe other parts.Do not connect the negative (−)cable to the negative (−) terminalon the dead battery because thiscan cause sparks.

6. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+)terminal on the vehicle with thedead battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one.

7. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one.

8. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotenegative (−) terminal if thevehicle has one.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step. Theother end of the negative (−)cable does not go to the deadbattery. It goes to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part orto a remote negative (−) terminalon the vehicle with the deadbattery.

9. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable away fromthe dead battery, but not nearengine parts that move. Theelectrical connection is just asgood there, and the chance ofsparks getting back to thebattery is much less.

Your vehicle has a remote (−)terminal for this purpose.

10. Now start the vehicle withthe good battery and run theengine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle thathad the dead battery. If it willnot start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.


Vehicle Care 10-85

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correctorder, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

Towing

Towing the VehicleNotice: Incorrectly towing adisabled vehicle may causedamage. The damage wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not lash or hookto the chassis componentsincluding the front and rearsubframes, suspension controlarms and links during towing andrecovery of a disabled vehicle orto secure the vehicle to a flatbedcar carrier. Use the proper nylonstrap harnesses around the tiresto secure the flatbed car carrier.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in thissection.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.


10-86 Vehicle Care

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. What is the towing capacity of

the towing vehicle? Be sureto read the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betravelled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing

Front-wheel‐drive andall-wheel-drive vehicles may bedinghy towed from the front. Thesevehicles can also be towed byplacing them on a platform trailerwith all four wheels off of theground. For other towing options,see “Dolly Towing” following in thissection.

Notice: If 105 km/h (65mph) isexceeded while towing thevehicle, it could be damaged.Never exceed 105 km/h (65mph)while towing the vehicle.

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle that will betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-87

2. Remove the shift lever boot bypulling up on the rear of the trimplate.

3. Use a small screw driver or toolto press and hold the manualrelease button on the front right.

4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).

Notice: If the vehicle is towedwithout performing each of thesteps listed under “DinghyTowing,” the automatictransmission could be damaged.Be sure to follow all steps of thedinghy towing procedure prior toand after towing the vehicle.

Once the destination has beenreached:

1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

2. Reinstall the shift lever boot byinserting the front edge andpressing the rear of the trimplate until it snaps into place.

3. Start the engine and let it idle formore than three minutes beforedriving the vehicle.

Notice: Too much or toolittle fluid can damage thetransmission. Be sure that thetransmission fluid is at the properlevel before towing with all fourwheels on the ground.

Notice: Do not tow a vehiclewith the front drive wheels onthe ground if one of the fronttires is a compact spare tire.Towing with two different tiresizes on the front of the vehiclecan cause severe damage to thetransmission.


10-88 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐DriveVehicles)

All-wheel‐drive vehicles should notbe towed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground or dinghy towedfrom the front. See Dinghy Towingearlier in this section.

Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles)

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground,do the following:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑20.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle Fromthe Rear


Vehicle Care 10-89

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear could damage it. Also,repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Never havethe vehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Notice: Do not usepetroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents asthey can damage the vehicle'spaint, metal, or plastic parts.If damage occurs, it would not becovered by the vehicle's warranty.Approved cleaning products canbe obtained from your dealer.

Follow all manufacturerdirections regarding correctproduct usage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Notice: Avoid usinghigh-pressure washes closerthan 30 cm (12 in) to the surfaceof the vehicle. Use of powerwashers exceeding 8,274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damageor removal of paint and decals.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.


10-90 Vehicle Care

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Notice: Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Regularly clean bright metal partswith water or chrome polish onchrome or stainless steel trim,if necessary.

For aluminum, never use auto orchrome polish, steam, or causticsoap to clean. A coating of wax,rubbed to a high polish, isrecommended for all bright metalparts.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses and Emblems

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses andemblems. Follow instructions under"Washing the Vehicle" in thissection.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if theyare worn or damaged. Damagecan be caused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.


Vehicle Care 10-91

Weatherstrips

Apply silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstripsonce a year. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11‑13.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on thevehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applyinga tire dressing, always wipe offany overspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Notice: Chrome wheels and otherchrome trim may be damaged ifthe vehicle is not washed afterdriving on roads that have beensprayed with magnesium,calcium, or sodium chloride.These chlorides are used onroads for conditions such asice and dust. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Notice: To avoid surface damage,do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through an

automatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect the front and rearsuspension and steering system fordamaged, loose, or missing parts orsigns of wear. Inspect the powersteering for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visuallycheck constant velocity joints,rubber boots, and axle seals forleaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.


10-92 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

Use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils. Notethat newspapers or dark garmentsthat can transfer color to homefurnishings can also permanentlytransfer color to the vehicle'sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Your dealer may have products forcleaning the interior. Use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply allcleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners directlyon any switches or controls.Cleaners should be removedquickly. Never allow cleaners toremain on the surface beingcleaned for extended periodsof time.

Cleaners may contain solvents thatcan become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners, readand adhere to all safety instructionson the label. While cleaning theinterior, maintain adequateventilation by opening the doors andwindows.


Vehicle Care 10-93

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:. Never use a razor or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with excessivepressure.

. Do not use laundry detergentsor dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 dropsper 3.78 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willleave a residue that createsstreaks and attracts dirt. Do notuse solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.Commercial glass cleaners may beused, if necessary, after cleaningthe interior glass with plain water.

Notice: To prevent scratching,never use abrasive cleaners onautomotive glass. Abrasivecleaners or aggressive cleaningmay damage the rear windowdefogger.

Notice: Cleaning the windshieldwith water during the first three tosix months of ownership willreduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with justwater and mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.. When lightly soiled, wipe with a

sponge or soft lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating brush attachment is beingused during vacuuming, only use iton the floor carpet. Before cleaning,gently remove as much of the soilas possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. Gently blot liquids with a paper

towel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.


10-94 Vehicle Care

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean lint-freecolorfast cloth with water or clubsoda. Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by clubsoda or plain water.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

Following the cleaning process, apaper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

For vehicles with high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays, use amicrofiber cloth to wipe surfaces.Before wiping the surface with themicrofiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that couldscratch the surface. Then use themicrofiber cloth by gently rubbing toclean. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately,using mild soap. Do not use bleachor fabric softener. Rinse thoroughlyand air dry before next use.

Notice: Do not attach a devicewith a suction cup to the display.This may cause damage andwould not be covered by thewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, and Other PlasticSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Notice: Soaking or saturatingleather, especially perforatedleather, as well as other interiorsurfaces, may cause permanentdamage. Wipe excess moisturefrom these surfaces aftercleaning and allow them to drynaturally. Never use heat, steam,spot lifters, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.


Vehicle Care 10-95

Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanentlychange the appearance and feelof leather or soft trim and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Notice: Use of air fresheners maycause permanent damage toplastics and painted surfaces.If an air freshener comes incontact with any plastic orpainted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean with asoft cloth dampened with a mildsoap solution. Damage causedby air fresheners would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ WARNING

If a floor mat is the wrong sizeor is not properly installed, itcan interfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-certified floormats may not fit properly andmay interfere with the pedals.Always check that the floor matsdo not interfere with the pedals.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.


10-96 Vehicle Care

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.The passenger side floor mat is heldin place by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainer andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snappinginto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured and verify thatit does not interfere with thepedals.


Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule tohelp protect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup‐to‐date tools and equipmentfor fast and accurate diagnostics.Many dealers have extendedevening and Saturday hours,courtesy transportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.


11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Notice: Damage caused byimproper maintenance can lead tocostly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.

Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needsvary. There may need to bemore frequent checks andservices. The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Normal are forvehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑59.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Normal chart.

The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Severe are for vehiclesthat are:. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic

in hot weather.. Mainly driven in hilly or

mountainous terrain.. Frequently towing a trailer.. Used for high speed or

competitive driving.. Used for taxi, police, or delivery

service.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Severe chart.



{ WARNING

Performing maintenance workcan be dangerous and cancause serious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10‑4.

Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes with theCadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services duringthe first 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance with theowner manual, including:. Oil changes based on the

vehicle's oil life monitor system.. Tire rotation every 12 000 km

(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi‐point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by a Cadillacauthorized service dealer.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop. Check the engine oil level. See

Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation

pressures. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑51.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection on page 10‑57.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑20.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system might notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor more than a year. The engine oiland filter must be changed at leastonce a year and the oil life systemmust be reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommendedfor the vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation on page 10‑57.. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil on page 10‑8 and Engine OilLife System on page 10‑10.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant on page 10‑14.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑20.



. Visually inspect windshieldwiper blades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare on page 10‑89. Replaceworn or damaged wiper blades.See Wiper Blade Replacementon page 10‑25.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑51.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection on page 10‑57.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑11.

. Inspect brake system.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care onpage 10‑89.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck on page 3‑19.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care on page 10‑89.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check on page 10‑23.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check onpage 10‑24.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check onpage 10‑24.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑67.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof onpage 2‑25.





Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed ifthe vehicle is driven in areas withheavy traffic, areas with poor airquality, or areas with high dustlevels. Replacement may also beneeded if there is a reduction in airflow, excessive window fogging,or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition. Check thatthe purge valve, if the vehicle hasone, works properly. Replace asneeded.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the transfercase fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10‑13.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

(7) Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.





Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.Replacement may also be neededif there is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition. Check thatthe purge valve, if the vehicle hasone, works properly. Replace asneeded.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the transfercase fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10‑13.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

(7) Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricatechassis components every5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed once a year.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealercan also perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts. Belts may need replacing if

they squeak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include

chirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’ssystems and components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13 for GMapproved fluids.. Engine oil and windshield

washer fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.



Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.. Signs that the headlamps need

attention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.. Signs of wear may include

steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money, fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.. Signs that the tires need to be

replaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.



Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care onpage 10‑92 and Exterior Care onpage 10‑89.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.. Signs that the alignment may

need to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.. Signs of damage include

scratches, cracks, and chips.. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking,

skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, ofthe proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend isrecommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Engine Coolant on page 10‑14.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, inCanada 88863462).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C

Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176

Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 22870539 —

Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 22870540 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed



DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed



2 NOTES


Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the inside of the rearside cargo management cover, hasthe following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargeamount, see the refrigerant label located under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 0.65 L 0.69 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 ft lb

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)


Technical Data 12-3

Engine Drive Belt Routing


12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES


Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users (U.S.and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-6GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Roadside Service(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Roadside Service (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11

Scheduling ServiceAppointments (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-15

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-17

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-20OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-21Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. andCanada)Your satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.


13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-458-8006. InCanada, call the Canadian CadillacCustomer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB AutoLine Program using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be awareof its participation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believe

our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico)

Did you get the Warranty ExtensionPlan? This plan is recommended byGeneral Motors to supplement thewarranty included with the newvehicle purchase.

See your dealer for details.



Customer AssistanceProcedure

Owner satisfaction and goodwill arevery important to your dealer andGeneral Motors.

Normally, any problem with thetransaction, sale, or usage of thevehicle must be handled by yourdealer sales or service departments.However, we recognize thatdespite the good intentions of allparties involved, sometimes amisunderstanding may occur.

If you have a problem that has notbeen satisfactorily handled throughthe normal means, we suggest thefollowing steps:

STEP ONE

Explain your case to your dealerservice agent, service manager,dealer sales agent, or salesmanager, depending on your case.

Make sure that they have allnecessary information. They areinterested in your continualsatisfaction.

STEP TWO

If you are not satisfied, pleasecontact the general manager or yourdealership owner to ask for theirhelp. If they are not able to resolveyour case, ask them to contact theright people at General Motors forsupport, if needed.

STEP THREE

If your case is not resolved in areasonable amount of time by yourdealer, please call the GeneralMotors Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC) and provide thefollowing information:. Name. Address. Phone number

. Model year

. Brand

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Mileage

. Delivery date

. Description of the problem

. Dealership name

. Dealership address

See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 orCustomer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5.



Customer AssistanceOffices (U.S. and Canada)Cadillac encourages customersto call the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-20001-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer AssistanceOffices (Mexico)To contact the Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC), use the phonenumbers listed in this section.Customer assistance is availableMonday through Friday, 08:00 to20:00 hours, and Saturdays from09:00 to 15:00 hours.

All e-mail inquiries to the CustomerAssistance Center (CAC) should besent to: [email protected].

Mexico

01-800-466-0816

United States and Canada

1-866-466-8195

Costa Rica

00-800-052-1005

Guatemala

1-800-999-5252

Panama

00-800-052-0001

Dominican Republic

1-888-751-5301

El Salvador

800-6273

Honduras

800-0122-6101



Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)Users (U.S. and Canada)To assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience is a one-stop resourcethat allows interaction with Cadillacand keeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information):Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information):View maintenance schedules,required alerts, OnStar onboardvehicle diagnostic information, andschedule service appointments.

I (Service History): Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation): Select a preferreddealer and view dealer location,maps, phone numbers, and hours.

J (Warranty TrackingInformation): Track the vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information): Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)on page 12‑1.

H (Other Account Information):View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio, and OnStar accountinformation.

F (Live Chat Support): Chat livewith online help representatives.

Visit my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Take a trip to the Cadillac OwnerCentre:. Chat live with online help

representatives.. Use the Vehicle Tools section.. Access third party enthusiast

sites and social media networks.. Locate owner resources such as

lease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program(U.S. and Canada)

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada alsohas a Mobility Program. Call1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Service(Mexico)As a new owner, your vehicle isautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program.The services are available at nocost under the terms and conditionsof the program. The RoadsideAssistance program is not partof, or included, in the coverageprovided by the new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Roadside Assistance providesassistance to the driver andpassengers while driving thevehicle within your city of residenceor on any passable road in Mexico,the United States, and Canada.

Services are subject to thelimitations described in the followingpages. Program coverage varies bycountry.

Roadside Assistance is available24 hours a day, 365 days ofthe year.

This program expires two yearsfrom the date of the invoice for thevehicle, regardless of vehiclemileage and changes in vehicleownership.

For more information about therenewal of this program at the endof its term, contact the CadillacCustomer Assistance Center at01-800-466-0805.

Services Provided. Flat Tire Change: If unable to

change a flat tire, RoadsideAssistance will provide towingservice to the nearest authorizedCadillac dealership. It is theowner's responsibility for therepair or replacement of the tire.



This service is limited to thetransfer of the vehicle to therepair facility.

. Emergency Fuel Delivery:Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. *Emergency Messages:Transmission of urgent phonemessages.

. *Emergency Calls: Call foremergency services.

. *Dealership LocationAssistance: Informationregarding addresses andtelephone numbers for Cadillacdealers.

. Emergency Towing: Tow to thenearest dealer for warrantyservice if the vehicle cannot bedriven.

If the vehicle is involved in anaccident during the commissionof a crime, administrativeviolation, or breach of trafficregulations, RoadsideAssistance will not provideservice. When the vehicle is notaccessible to be towed, allmaneuvers required to access itwill be at the owner's expense.

If the vehicle is in another cityoutside of your residence,Roadside Assistance is limitedto moving the vehicle to thenearest dealer. If you would likethe vehicle moved to a differentdealer, you will be asked tocover the difference in cost atthe time of the move.

If the vehicle cannot be receivedby the nearest Cadillac dealerdue to scheduling conflicts, thevehicle will be taken to a safeplace where it will remain for upto 48 hours until it can be takento the dealer. If the storage costsexceed the amount authorized,the owner is responsible to paythe difference at the time ofservice. Contact RoadsideAssistance for more informationon authorized amounts.

. *Trip Interruption: This serviceis provided if you are preventedfrom further usage of yourvehicle while traveling and it isnot possible for the nearestCadillac dealership to repair thevehicle the same day, requiringthe vehicle to stay at thedealership for a night or more.



If this happens, in addition to thepreviously listed services andprior to confirmation by thedealership, you are entitled tochoose one of the followingalternatives, within the limits ofexisting Roadside Assistanceprogram guidelines. If the costsexceed the amount authorizedfor these services, you must paythe difference at the time ofservice.

Roadside Assistancewill coordinate hotelaccommodations for all vehicletravelers for up to two nights.

A rental car will be provided forup to two days and the vehiclemust be returned to its originaldestination, excluding vehicleswith a carrying capacity greaterthan 3.5 tons.

Complimentary Transportation: Ifyou prefer to continue your tripto the intended destination orreturn to your place ofresidence, and the trip requires

more than eight hours driving onthe road, transportation for thedriver and passengers by firstclass bus or coach commercialairline will be provided to alocation chosen by RoadsideAssistance, depending onavailability at the chosendestination. Restrictions applybased on vehicle specifications.

If you are on the road, taxiservice to the nearest busstation or airport will beprovided.

. *ComplimentaryTransportation for VehiclePick Up: Transportation to pickup your vehicle after repairs arecomplete. Once the dealer hasreported that the vehicle hasbeen repaired, RoadsideAssistance will provide bus orcommercial airline one-wayservice (subject to availability)for the person designated by youto collect your vehicle at thedealership's location if you or the

designated person are not inthe same town or city as thedealership.

*These services are not providedfor U.S. or Canada residents. Allservices provided in the U.S. andCanada are at the owner's expenseand will be reimbursed by RoadsideAssistance.

Services Not Included in RoadsideAssistance

Roadside Assistance does notcover or reimburse services for thefollowing:. Events caused by fraud or bad

faith by the driver.. Vehicle immobilization

situations due to a major forceor unforeseen circumstances,such as natural phenomenaof an extraordinary nature,earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,and other cyclonic storms.



. Vehicle immobilization situationsarising from car accidentscaused by the driver of thevehicle or third parties. Thismeans any occurrence thatcauses physical injury to theoccupants and/or the vehiclecaused by external forces.

. Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar,armed forces or police actionswhich prevent timely delivery ofassistance services.

. Food service, beverages,telephone calls, or other extracosts. Accommodation costsapply only to Mexico per theterms and conditions of theRoadside Assistance program.

. Any damage to the vehiclewithout intent, derived from theservices provided.

. Cost of towing a trailer whenchoosing a Cadillac dealer thatis nearest to the temporarystorage facility for the disabledvehicle.

. Cost of all maneuvers requiredto access the vehicle when it isnot available to be towed.

. Cost of fuel provided.

Routine vehicle repair costs are notcovered by the RoadsideAssistance program. For moreinformation, see your new vehiclewarranty.

Contacting Roadside Assistance

Roadside Assistance services areof no cost to you and available24 hours a day, 365 days a year.Costs are only incurred in situationsthat exceed the limits of theprogram, some of which are listedpreviously in this section.

To contact Roadside Assistance byphone, use the following numbers:

Mexico

01-800-466-0805

United States

1-866-466-8906

Canada

1-800-268-6800

E-mail

[email protected]

Cadillac reserves the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.



Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada)U.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users(U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.. Location of the vehicle.. Model, year, color, and license

plate number of the vehicle.. Odometer reading, Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi),whichever comes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Cadillac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tomake any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Service program atany time without notification.

Cadillac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tolimit services or payment to anowner or driver if they decide theclaims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made manytimes.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.



. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Service: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during the6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi)Powertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mileradius of a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.



. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointments (U.S. andCanada)When the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in thework day as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada)To enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.



Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to wait, GM helpsto minimize inconvenience byproviding several transportationoptions. Depending on thecircumstances, your dealer canoffer one of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to yourdestination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includesone-way or round-trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used instead ofyour dealer's shuttle service, theexpense must be supported by

original receipts and can only be upto the maximum amount allowed byGM for shuttle service. In addition,for U.S. customers, should youarrange transportation througha friend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available.Claim amounts should reflect actualcosts and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicle orreimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,

insurance coverage, credit card,etc. You are responsible for fuelusage charges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contact yourdealer for specific informationabout availability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangements will beadministered by appropriate dealerpersonnel.

General Motors reserves the rightto unilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.



Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada)If the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may not

perform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate‐of‐the‐art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.



Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensationfor damage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage isnot available from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑7 or Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? on page 3‑26.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.



Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision

policy repair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners andintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The Owner Manual includesthe Maintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.



Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you maycall the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.



Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited.Call Transport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac CustomerCare Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:. How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if anon-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender,age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with thetype of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.



OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data maybe collected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation; aboutcollisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.

See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link withany other GM system containingpersonal information.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



2 NOTES


OnStar 14-1

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Overview

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices.

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.Requires the available Directionsand Connections service plan.

PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor to:. Verify account information or

update contact information.. Get driving directions. Requires

the available Directions andConnections service plan.

. Receive On-DemandDiagnostics for a check of thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.


14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergencybutton> to get a priorityconnection to an EmergencyAdvisor available 24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or

respond to an AMBER Alert.. Get crisis assistance and

evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyWith Automatic Crash Response,the built-in system can automaticallyconnect to help in most crashes,even if help cannot be requested.

Press> to connect to anEmergency Advisor. GPStechnology is used to identify thevehicle location and can providecritical information to emergencypersonnel. The Advisor is alsotrained to offer critical assistance inemergency situations before firstresponders arrive.

SecurityOnStar provides services like StolenVehicle Assistance, Remote IgnitionBlock, and Roadside Assistance,if the vehicle is equipped. OnStarcan unlock the vehicle doorsremotely, if it is equipped withautomatic door locks, and can helppolice locate the vehicle if it isstolen.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires theDirections and Connectionsservice plan.

PressQ to receive directions orhave them sent to the vehiclenavigation screen, if equipped.Destinations can also be forwardedto the vehicle from MapQuest.com.The OnStar mapping database iscontinuously updated. For coveragemaps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)www.onstar.ca (Canada).


OnStar 14-3

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor.

2. Request directions.

3. Directions are downloaded to thevehicle.

4. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

2. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.


Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with addressand the distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


Other Navigation ServicesAvailable from OnStar

OnStar eNav: Allows subscribersto send destinations fromMapQuest.com to their Turn-by-TurnNavigation or screen-basednavigation system. When ready, thedirections will be downloaded to thevehicle.


14-4 OnStar

Destination Download: PressQ,then request the Advisor todownload directions to thenavigation system in the vehicle.After the call ends, press the “Go”button on the navigation screen tobegin driving directions.

Destinations can also bedownloaded on the go. Forinformation about eNav, DestinationDownload, and coverage mapssee www.onstar.com (U.S.),www.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowscalls to be made and received fromthe vehicle. The vehicle can also becontrolled from a cell phone throughthe OnStar RemoteLink mobileapp. For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.),www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Hands-Free Calling

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency

1. Press=. The system responds“OnStar Ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Call.” The system responds“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing. Thesystem responds “911.”

4. Say “Call.” The system responds“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is.”

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Store a Name Tag for SpeedDialing


2. Say “Store.” System responds:“Please say the number youwould like to store.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing. System responds:“Please say the name tag.”

4. Pick a name tag. Systemresponds: “About to store <nametag>. Does that sound OK?”


OnStar 14-5

5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to tryagain. System responds: “OK,storing <name tag>.”

Place a Call Using a StoredNumber


2. Say “Call <name tag>.” Systemresponds: “OK, calling<name tag>.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

OnStar Mobile App

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple, Androidand BlackBerry devices to checkvehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire

pressure; to start the vehicle(if equipped) or unlock it; or toconnect to an OnStar Advisor. ForOnStar RemoteLink information andcompatibility, see www.onstar.com(U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada).

DiagnosticsOnStar Vehicle Diagnostics willperform a vehicle check everymonth. It will check the engine,transmission, antilock brakes, andmajor vehicle systems. It alsochecks the tire pressures, if thevehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System. If adiagnostics check is neededbetween e-mails, press Q, and anAdvisor can run a check.

OnStar AdditionalInformationTransferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan assist in canceling or removingaccount information. If OnStarreceives information that vehicleownership has changed, OnStarmay send a voice message to thevehicle, requesting updated accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible after acquiring the vehicle.The Advisor will update vehiclerecords and will explain the OnStarservice offers and options available.


14-6 OnStar

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:. In the U.S. see www.onstar.com

(U.S.) or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR.(1-888-466-7827).

. In Canada see www.onstar.ca(Canada) or call1-888-4-ONSTAR.(1-888-466-7827).

. TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area, and the wirelessservice provider has coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservice. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar may prevent

service such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of thevehicle, damage to the vehicle in acrash, or wireless phone networkcongestion or jamming.

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑21 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpsubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ for help with:

. Locating a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Providing directions to theclosest hospital or pharmacy inurgent situations.


OnStar 14-7

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to the deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all of the OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca(Canada)

The website provides access toaccount information, allowsmanagement of the OnStarsubscription, and viewing of videosof each service. Get subscriptionplan pricing and sign up for OnStarVehicle Diagnostics. Click on the“My Account” tab on the homepage. The website navigation andservices provided may vary bycountry.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some ofthe OnStar services, like RemoteDoor Unlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be prompted tochange the PIN the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, call OnStarand provide the Advisor with thecurrent number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Themanufacturer of the vehiclefurnishes detailed warrantyinformation.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in English, French orSpanish. PressQ and ask anAdvisor. Advisors can speakEnglish, French or Spanish.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five days.After five days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance and alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels,underpasses, or parkinggarages; or in an area with verydense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to callOnStar. However, OnStar couldhave difficulty identifying theexact location.


14-8 OnStar

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.The Advisor may give a verbalroute or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Avoid placing items over or near theantenna to prevent blocking cellularand GPS signal reception. Cellularreception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9‑72. Addedelectrical equipment may interferewith the operation of the OnStarsystem and cause it to not operate.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada).Privacy-sensitive users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communications

cannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - libcurl and unzipacknowledgments

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software. Beloware the notices and licensesassociated with this software:

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.


OnStar 14-9

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTYOF ANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holdershall not be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license.The definitive version of thisdocument should be availableat ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,

Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no eventshall Info-ZIP or its contributors beheld liable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.


14-10 OnStar

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including,but not limited to, differentcapitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”

“WiZ” or “MacZip” without theexplicit permission of Info-ZIP.Such altered versions arefurther prohibited frommisrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIPe-mail addresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its own sourceand binary releases.


INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Active EmergencyBraking System . . . . . . . . 1-19, 9-53

Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-37Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72

Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Adjustable Throttle andBrake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-11Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-22AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-55

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-27Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-46

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Shift Lock ControlFunction Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24


i-2 INDEX

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25BrakePedal and AdjustableThrottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15

System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-20Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking SystemActive Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-33Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-60Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-41

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50, 3-52Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10


INDEX i-3

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-15Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-81Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31

Compressor Kit, TireSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Engine TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31

Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-37Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-17

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1, 13-3

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-15Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-20Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-12

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-27

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-46Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-50Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4


i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd)Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

EE85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Economy ModeFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26

Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-20Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35


Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Cooling System Messages . . .5-32Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-20Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . .10-11Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20


INDEX i-5

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-61Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-60Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-25Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59Requirements, California . . . . .9-60System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35


Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60

Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . 9-17GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-25High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-26


i-6 INDEX

Headlamps (cont'd)Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-52Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-31Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-21Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-34Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44LampsCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-41


INDEX i-7

LiftgateCarbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

LightAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-20Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-23

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-24Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Lights (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-21Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-34LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-25Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluidsand Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-32Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Object Detection System . . . . .5-35Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-37Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38


i-8 INDEX

Messages (cont'd)Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

NetCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-34Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-6OnStar®

System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . 13-17

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-24

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-46

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16


INDEX i-9

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-27Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-3

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13

Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-21Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Rear AxleLimited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34

Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-6Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12

Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-33Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-19General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Ride Control SystemsLimited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-34Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34


i-10 INDEX

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Roadside Service . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-11RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-20Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-18

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-19General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-13Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-9Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-34

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17

Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-13Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55


INDEX i-11

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-23Starting the GasolineEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Management System . . . 4-4Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-74

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemActive Emergency Braking . . . .9-53Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . .13-21, 7-1Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-18Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-54Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-53Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67


i-12 INDEX

Tires (cont'd)Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-65Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-65Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-85Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-71Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

TractionControl System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-31Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-34Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . .9-34

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-71Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

UUniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-45Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-40Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85


INDEX i-13

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-22Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-74

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-57

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .ivHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-40Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5


i-14 INDEX

2 NOTES

Documents

2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M...Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12 Black plate (3,1) Introduction iii The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and